(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Perfect hearts : for singing schools, singing conventions, etc."

PERFECT 




James D. Vau^han 

MUSIC PUBLISHER 

Lawrenceburg , Term. 



The Joy of Salvation 

Adger M. Pace n k rs Houston L. Thomas 






4fc 



■=1—5: 



1. Would yon knowthe joy of sal- va-tion,deepin your soul to-day, to- day? 

2. Wouldyou have the love He is giv-ing,rest-ing with- in yonrbreast,your breast? 

3. When yon'veknown the joy of sal - va-tion, that you have longed to know, to know, 

-A — = A- 







# 






-M>-& 






:±. 






—1—2-1 1 M 






-ztzzS- 



*— *— =*— H -& 3 '— ■— «l — £ 

Born of God, a new - er ere -a -tion, for it, do you now pray, now pray? 
Per-fectlove to help you in liv - ingfree from things that mo-lest, mo-lest; 
Youwilltell it o- ver the na-tion,where-so- ev-er you go, you go; 

A— A— — A— a— A— ^A— r= — f"_ A— «_ A— » 3 



1 



fctzzt=r=f=tzz-r 



:t: 



Tmnrv-t 



5= 



■I F- 

^zzfczfczp: 



-5- 



1 



i j— Sh — * 1 — aj — »— Sd — m 1— ^— -H ' ' — -* 1 ! — — 1 



If you de-sire it, Hewill in-spire it, give you new hope within ,with-in, 
An-swerthe call and give Him your all.what-ev-er the task may be,may be, 
Tell-ing it o - ver, o- ver and o- ver, how He can save from sin,from sin, 




V V V 9 V 
S. Wonderful praise thru all of our days, to 



ZESE&gSsm 






J u 

Je-sus who reigns a-bove,a-bove, 
Fine Chorus. 

=1 - J>-g>- 5 r- a 1-fr-^! 1 



p— #— *— ^— — B 3 *- 



Take away yonr bnr -den of care and save from sin 
Then you'll know the joy of sal - va-tlon, full and free. 
Cleanse the heart from er -'ry knownsin,aod make it clean. 

g-r-A-A -_^A_»!_f -A- c =- -m— PS 

C i — I # — • — rf — B — h — ■ — i 1-P — m — « — - 



1 



-i=* 



-p t 

Oh, the joy 

Praise God, the joy 



9 
eal- 



u P v y 

Praise to Him for 



mar-fel - ons grace and sav - i 



a — 

i — 



m 



-Mb--*- 

-P-P" 



::s r-^ 



=£*fl 



-rpp 



Bfc^ttfcffcjEte 



I* 



A- f | - . | y 

va - tion brings, Glads the heart un-til 

that His sal-ra-tion brings, It glads the heart 






s 



it sings; 
nn-til it sweetly sings; 

p-p-P-t^-^-p-t; p-p C — P-P-P-— <•- *-* 



Copyright 1947. by Jamee D. Vkaehsn. Mnsic Publisher. Id "Perfect Hemrta.' 



u 



*.— .. — 



6 

Perfect Hearts ki 



FOR 

Singing- Schools, Singing- Conventions, Etc. 

AUTHORS 



G. Kieffer Vaughan Adger M. Pace 



James D. Walbert 
Byron Faust 
B. F. White 
Barber Edwards 
J. C. Cooper 
Perkin Meador 
G. D. McNair 
Harvey A. Lewis 
Leon T. Chism 
Herbert E. Pace 
Gaskell Warren 
R. G. Wilkins 
Edgar W. O'Dell 
Ranee Barkley 
Elwood Denson 
Mrs. Opal Orr 
W. Adger Taylor 



Chas. W. Vaughan 
Jesse B. Hardin 
L. O. Brock 
J. E. Marsh 
L. C. Higdon 
Minzo C. Jones 
A. O. Ha'rgett 
U. S. Lindsey 
Luther Morgan 
E. F. Purvis 
Ray Griggs 
Wesley Tucker 
Vol Sumrall 
J. M. Dixon 
E. R. Ward 
W. M. Skipper 
Woodrow Sides 
H. R. Sharpe 
Walter C. Carter 
Willie Willmurth 
Benton McDaniel 
H. Archie Harbin 
Miss Emma Lucas 
Rev. G. C. Morris 
William E. Huntley 
Rev. J. W. Gladney 
Mrs. Raleigh Maybin 
Mrs. Flora K. Taylor 
Odie Comer Mclntyre 
Marion W. Easterling 

PRICES: 

35c a Copy; $3.60 a Dozen; $13.00 for 50; $25.00 a 100, postpaid 
anywhere in the U. S. A. Shaped Notes Only. Manila Binding. 

JAMES D. VAUGHAN 

MUSIC PUBLISHER 

LAWRENCEBURG, TENNESSEE 




W. B. Walbert 

Austin Williams 
Rev. Rupert Cravens 
M. D. McWhorter 
Mrs. Jesse B. Hardin 
Will L. Matthews 
J. Monroe Mobbs 
William R. Wallaie 
W. C. Woodward 
Houston L. Thomas 
Roy L. Johnson 
J. Milford Roan 
Bryant Johnson 
H. H. McDonald 
J. H. O'Daniel 
Mrs. Irene Yancy 
Tim H. Brooks 
Mrs. L. W. Carr 
Daphine Lovett 
David Huntley 
W. R. Christian 
Dr. H. H. Martin 
Floyd Golden 
C. L. Cadle 
Yale E. Payne 
C. D. Keith 
Fred Rich 
Aaron Curtis 
T. W. Potts 
J. D. Patrick 
W. E. Hinton 



Copyright, 1947, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher 



My Saviour's Love 



Rev. G. C. Morris 



W. R. Christian 

1 




1. My Saviour's love 

2. Too' some may spurn 

3. My Saviour, 9 love 



was free-ly of-fered,wbenHecame, 

Him and dis- own Him. here be -low, 

is nev - er fail -ing, make it known, 

A A , A A A A n 

?— t=E=f£— t=iz— t=t=3 
P u P P P P. 




Erf:— =^==B 



the world, 
And fail to do 
'Tis reach-ing out 



:p— 



D.S. Our ev - 'ry need 

fcxfe ^ 



s^ppp 



i/ y i/ y ■ f 

tho' lost in sin, tho' lost in Bin; 
His bless-ed will, His bless-ed will; 
to all the race, to all the race; 

:g=g=£=te— E:= fc— p— P= P=p=] 

— b»— p — y — - — — J 

when foes as - sail, whenfoes as -sail; 



A home in heav'n 
Tet in His heart, 
And ev -'ry one 




%+ - ' ^ [> v P 

He now is build- ing, bless Hisname, 
He lovesthemdear-ly, this we know, 
who will ac - cept Him , as their own, 



, . A A A A A A 

g^z^=5=r=E^ = zfz = :fzz:fz=f=r~t:~t=iEf— t==t==r-=t:-3j 

**£- '■ 2= '■ A * * A * A A — \ A A A A A J 

■ — ^ l y — y — y — y — y — y — y — l y — y — y — y — y — J 



Thru all this world, 



tab 



-# — r 



-*|— S- 



-y y y y_l y y y y y. 

and at the jndg-ment, in the sky, 



& 



"I- 



«f*f 



* 



J I ^4 



?eB 



And ev - 'ry one 
And He will keep 
Will find in Him 



P P V 






_ — k — P_J 



p p p ?, p p 

may en - ter in, may en - ter in. 



on lov-ing still.keeplov- ing still, 
a rest- ing place, a rest - ing place. 

* ± * -I s ^ h ^ -P 



/__i « *■_» A £_-C_fT— A-_T_. 



My Sav-iour'slove 
Chorus, k I * 



will nev - er fail, will nev - er fail. 



—A A A A A 3 A A 

=b=dzz:bz= *"bi=b 



=t?=tJ=t)f 



~~T x 

My Sav-iour's love is all 

My Sav-iour'slove is all 

e e-£~ M^M 

§^~ s==[^ p=p=p= p^p=p= 



:^l 



suf - fi -cient, 

suf - fi - cient, to snp - pit 

zpzz fc— p=p— P= p= 



Copyright. 1947. by Junes D. Vans-hen. Mnelc publiebe 



'Perfect Hearts. 



No. 1. 

Adger M. Pace 



Perfect Hearts 



G. Kieffer Vaughan 



1. Give us per-fect hearts dear Sav-ionr. Hearts tbat love to do Thy will; 
2 Per- feet hearts we now de- sire Lord Ail up - on the al - tar staid; 
3. Give us per-fect hearts to singLord,In the Spir - it, praise to Thee; 

zzEtzzfc— t2T- bz±Ez=t2: 



:iit2=t2=bpzz:pz=t=t 



:t=|:-tt= 



J— I- 






-§ — J— ^ — 3— Ai — 2' 



s- 



r- 



So that when temptationsgatber, We can hear Thy'Teace be still." 
Filled with love that reachesoth-ers, Pa-tient,kir>d and un - a -fraid. 
Sing with loveandun-der-stand-ing, Let our songs with Thee a - gree. 

i— -«— i*-_a*_jL_ «_ ^ r %— j^-* — «— r «T— ' — Brk Ete-r "J— J-i 

ggS^z=E=epzgz=*=-EE=^zp=p= F— P— ^— b=F r ;H 

Chorus. I -" ^ h k 

r S c i 1 n 2 — T^ 



Per 






up r 

feet hearts, oh, Sav-iour give us, Hearts of 

Per-fect hearts oh, Sav-iour give us, now we pray, 



§s 



EE 



-A- -A- . 

_t__t-__«. 



i: 



=b=D=b=bzzl:i 



:ee5=£ 



=t=lt2I 



S 



-1 l£-^ * 1 - 






SfesN^ 



-|- 



Pi 



p r 

love for all the race; Withcom-pas - sion for the 

Hearts of love for all the race; With com-pas- sion for the 

__g _g_g — k _a_ •_« k ^> m — c — e_t_t— "~- 

5^zzt=t3=|2ZZh=:Lz:F!?— * = r?=:===zbt=t= 



te*"C3l- 



£=£=$: 



:p=t2=: 



J — z -* — ♦ _ — m — ♦- 

-tr-r-p-t- 




fall -en, Help us win them thru Thy grace. 

fall -en, on the way, Help us win them thru Thy grace. 



§£* 



B 



X'- 
:fc± 

:p= 



-•- -£- £ 



:fcr= 



GoDyrisrht. 1947, by Jamos D. Vana-ha 



: Publisher, in "Perfect Hearts. 



:t=t=EATZZTT— 
»- 1* — 1- 1 



No. 2. 

T. W. P. 



Some Glad Day 



T. W. Potts 




'.££ 



S X 

1. Someglad day, 

2. Someglad day, 

3. Someglad day, 






mmm^m 



V I 

will go, 
When my work is end-ed, here be - low, 
When I reach that homeland, in the sky, 



When the Lord shall call me, 



i 



siilfeBEiSg 



-A * 



8 



\L-^> P 



A IS" 



:t 



-F — i — H — — \~— | »- 



H 



P P 



___ — bs= ir _ tr _j P — — u-— ^p — g — ^g— 5 — p — r 

To that home far be -vond the skies, far be - yond the skies; 

I will go to thathome a -bove, to thathome a-bove; 

With the ones now a-wait-ing me, now a -wait-ing me; 



b§=z=fs: 
D.S7I wiifbe" 






ft 






ifcfef 



=tz=iizfz±=zz=zzz=iz=^ 
_ c — . — # 



5 X 

Like a bird 
Then I'll join 
Songs of joy 




with the ones I love, with the ones I love; 

-&-4>- 



=z=te£=fcjT 






^=q 



-P — c — i=: 



on the wings of morn-ing, this I know, 

with the saints in glo - ry, white as snow, 

I will keep on sing -in 2, there on high, 



=-Js=zfc±:js— kz 
P P U 

ingsongs with 



b=B=:tfc== 



^z=pzzt^zz=^: 



On a cloud 
Prais-ing Christ, 
To my Lord, 



g Fs- 



Prais-ing Christ, 
Chorus. ft 



:p=p: 

in thathome a -bove, in thathome a -bove. 
h . D.S. 



:*=5 



-—-JW-& 



=5=-t: 



izzfitz 



*fe^ 



"^ r ' p p p p 

a new- er mean -ing, there on high, 
w Fine. 



p P— p p p P p" tf P P I 

I will glad-ly rise, I will glad-ly rise, 

for re-deem-ing love, for re-deem-ing love, 
thru e - ter - ni - tv, thru e - ter - ni - ty. 

:= ^ p — P— B=g=P=P=Fgi: — — 1 



Some glad day, 



$|BI=. : 



bet 
Some glad day, in a bet 



^=$=$=v=v- 



ter coun-try, in 
ter 

:5=gz= B : 



the sky, 

IS 






Copyright 1947 br James D. V»aeh»n Music Publisher. In "Perfect Hearts.' 



No. 3. 

A. M. P. 



Grace is Keeping Me 



Adfier M. Pace 




1. Since thro grace, my soul has been redeemed, And the light I see, I see; 

2. I'm so glad that grace has saved my soul, Cleansed and made me free, yes, free; 

3. Glo -ry, glo -ry what a joy to know, Soon with Christ I'll be, I'll be; 

-I* 1* » 1 — Hr fc— *H» s-H 




m^^m 



lj_j_ :j - == - 3 - -j 

, — i « — ♦— F-i 1 h 

3— *— *--ft«> — ^-F; — g — Jz 



»=*= 




Great-er far, than I had ev - er dreamed, Grace i3 keep-ing me. 

And to-day, I am com-plete- ly whole. 

Then I'll sing while a- ges come and go. e - ven me. 

• * "*' -'- "*" A -'" -fe" "fc- *l - I «l 

5jz2=^=t=:l:=[L==AT=A3=^=rA=F?==:t=t:=t:=F==S^=— 



*— *- c l — f- 



:£=t=z£ 



P P I 



-• — #- 



Chorus. 

— \-*=^= 



r& 



— n— ^— I*— R— =1 



:fe?=?EF 



=fc 



*=3z=s=d 



p p P P 

Grace is keep-ing me, 

Grace is keep-ing me, grace is keep-ing me, Oh, glo - ry, 



fctf 



p— •—?—]?— ^S 



I: 






-S- 



— ■ ■ ■ a ■ =\ L-F " — R ft- 



9 U 
Grace 



P P P . P 

Grace is keep-ing me, 



p—p— P- 



X' P 

keep-ing me; 

grace is keep-ing me;That'swhy I'm 




ip=rp: 



£=P= 



*— Fd — -i- 
fit* 



sbont-ing,siog-ing as I 



£=*: 






1 



£=$=1=$ 



=t 



-*-g--r 

on-ward go, Grace is keep-ing me. 



ven me. 



-F- 

:t 



r* 1 1 1 



14 14— 1 1 1 14 6 — 14 — L i 1 1 1 L 

i i ! I ■' y . a 



CoDTricht. 1947. by J.mee D. V.ogh.n. Unsic Publisher. 



♦ 



'.Perfect Heart." 



No. 4. 

W. B. W. 



Since He Saved Me 



W. B. Walbert 



^^— 4-^— ^— ■— ■— .— ---»-^— ^— ^- S g— 5 == *— *- d 

1. Once my sonl was steeped in sin, and the temp-ter ruled with -in, Long I 



1. Once my sonl was steeped in sin, and the temp-ter ruled with -in, Long I 

2. When I count-ed all but dross, knelt be-neath the rug -ged cross,Bade the 

3. Once, a- gain I heard ixim call and I con - se-crat -ed all, Let the 






nr 



£:==— ==t=±=t=t= 



U U P P I UP 



P=P— P=P=£ 



:*: — ' 



fe^ 



& &- 



-fi_4i_ N _A_|i- r _ 1 _H_^_ r ^_ H ,_4i_^- 



« 



^trtri 






1 






songht, in vain for peace both night and day; But I heard a gen -tie Toice' 
Sav - iour come in - to my heart to stay; In - staat-ly the load was gone, 
bless - ed Ho - ly Spir -it have full sway ;Then I felt the cleansing pow'r, 

i » m p — m — '-\ 1* — • — i 



=£=£= 



-# — — » — m — • 




* 2 A! * d 



-ft=t=tz:tt:— t=ztz=t=i 

'— J..£^_It £ 1 |fc |* |fc kk it— J 

I P P P p p U I 

D. S. There is glo - ry in my soul, 

h n k. Fine. 



uu 



'=£#=■■ 



*^^£ 






say - ing"Makeme now your choice," And He took the load of sin a -way. 
and my heart was filled with song, Praise Ibe Lord, the bnr-den rolled a-way. 
and I know the ver -y hour When He came with - in my heart to stay. 



:f_ 






*=t=i 



"P P" i/ r 

and I'm head - ed for the goal. Since the load of sin was rolled a -way. 



-♦I* — * — h* d ■ — --t- 1 — d- 

-J* — * — I-* 5 — 3— h=ai — -3: 



Szzfcfa^: 



£ 



Praise the Lord, I now can sing; Hal - le - lu 



ts=i 



jah 



-P 

to the King, 




r p i 

Since the heav - y load of sin was rolled a - way, rolled a - way; 



UPPPPPPPPP 



r-l- 

-©- 



J 



E3J 



Copyright 1947 br James D.voaehan Music Publisher, in "Perfect Hearts. 



No. 5. 

J. B. H. 



After Awhile 



Jesse B. Hardin 



CQ-4-H — Jn — i — • -^ — * — * — F* — ■ 1 — F-l— Re* — *— F-< : r- 

Ef-gE — Jh — _j — i — i — j — g — i. ■ — a — ■ — l^ .i _j — | — u — ^_ — ^_ 



1. Af-ter a - while, when our work here is done, And our troub-les and 

2. Af-ter a - while, all our sor - rows will end, We'll reach heaven, be- 

3. Af-ter a - while, our re -deem- er we'll see, Meet our loved ones nho'w 

K i i 

fife* — A _irA=rp==^_»_|:A — p^=F=&snpz=?==tf=Ple=fz\ 

1 i±_ A A it l_a- K R l l 1 1 L-t^i-LhA; |i 1 1 



£ 



., — * » g^: 



= d=i=J=F5=^==^=E^=? 

(J-rU-H 1 1 — — I ♦ ♦ \- «J 1- 



tri - als are o'er;We shall re - cieve shin - ing crowns we have won, 

yond the dark foam; Af - ter a -while, all our vbic - es will blend, 

gone on be-fore;Then we will sing, oh, so hap- py and free, 

I- A k- ^ -r*- -r*- -k- 

J=z5=z?=p^zp^J=zfe=f 



x: 



tt= 



:t=t 






Chorus. 



st==i 



=t 



:±>=^=LJ=z=^=:uq=:ti = 3=:« 



« — -<-4££ 



•«r- -*)- -*r 

Livs with our Lord, on the bean -ti - ful shore 

With the re-deemed, in that heav - en - ly home. Af - ter a - while, 

Prais-ing our King, while His name we a - dore. 

i r> h 



=p?= 



r 






af -ter a- while, We'll be hap - py, af - ter a - whilejWhen we shall 

^=^=z^rgi:rgz=^d4=:^zz:^^=zfexr|=ctzz=Ff— g— ^=q 



^ — ??— M 1 — x — L « — ■ — _q— ^ zjy s^ — a — ^^ — L <s* 



af - ter a - while. 



see our re-deem- er's glad smile, We'll be hap - py, 

#. .*. .„,. _ fc .#. <T 
*z^=|s==|s = pt==t==^F^Fp=^=Ffc= s ==^=Ft==t=== 
r, , ! — r^.t c rp=c= 



#- -*• 



tS 



Copyright 1917. by Jsmen D Venetian. Mnsic Poblteher. In "Perfect Hearts 



No. 6. In The Secret of My Soul 

Rev. Dr. Alfred Barratt Barber Edwards 



p5£2[— 3=h= i— J^=J=J=BJ=ti=Kzzt^-iz=S-jc:J 

1. In my heart there rings a song, as with joy I press a -long.Sineemy 

2. He is near to guard and guide, what-so - ev - er may be-tide, When the 

3. I will nev - er cease to sing.prais -es to my Sav-iour, Ring, Till at 

>. k. ps. .k- 

-, r A A A A A * A — H 1 1 A 1 A s t 

« • — m — 0-^-0 — 3^ — ^ — l e — • — — L # — — •— fr^ — • — •— &• — ' 

Sav-iour cleansed and made me whole;There's a ha - lo of de-light, shin - ing 
waves of sor- row round me roll;There is love be-yond de-gree,deep - er 
last I reach the shin-ing goal; There's an ev - er -last -ing song,mak-ing 

5 a A A * W A — r«y-r- * m — r* * * * * * ±— t 

dffi~=t:=t=t— \i—t-&-t— t=fc=tzz=t=t=t=t=f=3 



P P P 



JU> 



~p tr p _p p p j p w 

D. S.There is love-light shin-ing bright thru the 

Fine. 



thru the dav and night, In the se - cret of my soul. 

than the deepest sea, 

faith and cour-age slrong.In the secret, ho- ly secret, in the se-cret of my soul. 



_k. >. .k. 



-|?-k — k — k— k — k 

darkness of the night, 
Chorus. 



-»- ■*- -•- +- -K -♦- -♦- 

_£__ a— £— ▲ — t — ' 1 — i A 



A — A— r A 1* * — I* * — I ' 1 1 * = -■ 

3 : -u I:b==g=£g=g=t3=t3=b i s^-^- - 3 







the se - cret of my soul, 

In the bless- ed se - cret, in the se - cret of my soul, 

a- >. *. >. .k. >. ..k. ji. .*. .*- .* 

= E tzz:=zzit=t=t=t:=^=it:=r± = t 

r-k k k k k k k k Li ,_. 



-t-i 



r*=E=] 



-4 



±=& 



— _*_ r _* 



D.5. 



^ 



t 



::&:=*=^5 



^-^^^±)= 



the se - cret of my soul; 

In the love- ly se-cret, Ho - ly se-cret of my soul; 



A A W A r-A s m 



P— tr~ tr 

1947. by James D. Vans-baa. Music Publisher. In ".Perfect Hearts 



p= p — p — p — r = 



No. 7. 



I Want to See Heaven 



And Mother and Daddy 



Rev. G. C. Morris 



William R. Wallace 



m — tsuiz-t^ — 3 — q — « — # — # _ci_jp — ■__ — — r # ._j — j — 

1. When mother and dad - dy were here on this earth, They told me of 

2. While wait-ing and toil -ing for Je - sus down here, With bur dens so 

3. I'm home-sick for heav -en, for Moth-er and Dad, I'm anx-ious - ly 










God and His love; 
heav - y to bear; 
waiting the call, 



They told me of man-sions of fab - n -lousworthi 
I then can look up ward and heav - en draws near, 
To join them up yonder where I shall be glad, 



p a — rm - — s _- — r *- * — m — * — r* * — * — * — 



I^^Se'EE^^^'EE^ 1 ^ 



Chorus. 



=ft — e — .-= 



-i 1 1 — *l— B* 



±JD 



That Je-sus is build-ing a - bove. 
And Je- sus my bur-dens will share. 
And glo - ry is wait-ing for all. 



I want to see Moth - er's 



? _ A — p^i — - A _ 4 m — . ^=v r A — r ±- — A * * A 1 



a? # — # — — # _ # _c # ._ # _ # _^« — ^ — 3_iv^_ # _j_i: # — , — __ 



sweet smiling face, And Dad-dy,who walked by her side; 



I want to see 



« 



A A A A jg—r-A^—A A F 1* — riB**^* 9 — r*~ 

taz^=t=-=t=EEt=^ = Ez=;z=t:=E5iiii^5=E-- p= w= 



: __*__ 



1^-^t? — fc3 — tP — p" 

■ m 4 






Je - f^s who saved me by grace, And with Him for - ev - er a - bide. 

^~Egg=^^^jEEliEEf=E^SEE^^B 



Cotrrleht 1947. by J»m«. D Vaoshan. Mule Pobllehtr Id * .Perfect He arte' 



No. 8. "Ye Must Be Born Again." 

W. B. Walbert, Cho. by H. A, L. Harvey A. Lewis 






1. Hear the words once spoken by the bless-ed Lord, 

2. Mar-Tel not said Je-sus to the learn-ed Jew,"Ye 

3. Forms and eer-e - mo-nies will not take you thru, 

4. Tho' the way yon may not ful -ly un-der-stand, 



mnst be born a - 



--,- - m m — , A A * A r A '-- A- A r A* m A A 1 



U b 



I I P P 



Pill 






==1 

As it is re-c6rd - ed in His Ho ly word, 
gain;"And to-day these words ring out to me and you, "Ye 
You musttake the way with the a-noint- ed few, 
He will make it plain .just trust His guid-inghand, 



-r-l- 



mustbebbrn a - 



fy. M F— r-A A— A A A r-A -A-— A r-A-*-— A 'A k 1 

t=pz=izF^=z|s=lszz|i=zk==^ = ^==|sz=^t=bt=p=zc=t3 

tt.. r p p p p i i i- ••— 



:i: 
::!=£: 

Chorus. 



-?^P Fab— ai— -*— j- fi n— •-F1.— 7 — 5—3— 

-— H- r # 1 # r — b — f — c -—rrt — 



gain." "Ye must be born a -gain," "Ye 

r J-i-X'-l— J— t-,1^!;— j— t— -r' 



must be born a- 



-A 

:t=: 



£=t: 



:c.-t5-: 



is^l 

gain;" 



isii 



!— ; T^r 



"Mar-vel not, broth - er Nic 



ztszzzfc 



:4—^~ 



o - de - mus,that I 



»- 



=&=&=& 



fee: 

; p=Fk: 



- 2 r— S- 



?iEEiE3 



:|c=M 



&=i=\ 



said 



-^5: 



3fc 



:j=i 






zz^zzzPzzsjzzlzzizz^bz^zz: J|=5=fa' 
un - to Thee, Ye must be born a - gain 



P " U P 

of the Spir-it," 



--* A A A A -r-*- 1 

! — P— ■— h- — F-»t 



.«. -3. .4,. 



5=t: 



- A — +-— 9— ' 



-feizifr— frzz; gz:F. zzz:z=— — — zz zz fl 
:zh:=Xi—t~£z± ^ ^ : zzfl 



Copyright,. 1947 by Jam.a D. V»agh»n. Mimic Publisher. In " Silver Trumpet.' 



No. 9. 

D.H. 



She Is Waiting For Me 



David Huntley 












r 

1. I have adearmoth-er now gone on be- fore, A-way from these re-gions be- 

2. I now have no moth-er to cheer me a-long, And help me my bur-dens to 

3. When thru with my tri-als and toil-ing down hear, I'll go to be with her a- 



° 1 4 H4 1 — 4 * 14 14 4— L 4 14 14 14 14—' 



-*^«— Tt- c **-w—i— a— il— ir c »— .— a— r— » 



r 



-5-—^--?: 






D 



low; To be with her Sav-iour on heav-en's fair shore She's wait-ingforme I 
bear; But I shall be with her in heav-en ere long, She's wait-ingfor me np 
bove; And sing the glad prais-es with moth-er so dear, Of Je - sus the One we 



-Jz—t—tz 
-0- — — 0- 



**-*—*- 



r?—P 



.0. .*- 0- ^. 

£=E2zt=t==E=E=t.-. t: = -v*-»-»-»-»-i 

•4 4 4 4 p4— l ,4 4 4' 






i-huzzz^zz^zizzzyzd 



UpPUPUPPUIP 

i). S.She 'swatting for me I 



Fine. Chorus. 






£ 



#=fc=fr=|: 






know. 



there. She's wait-ing for me I know, I know,Close by the bright riv 
love. 



^tt-r^— P — rl 1 p 






know. 



#4 -P- #. 



1 H*— ^— l* — 1* — »- 




D.S. 



Ft 



3=5=^=^=^ 



r 






>— i 



|J_L A 4. 41 4- 



er's flow; I'm wait-ing the time when to moth- er I'll go, 

crys - tal flow 

£=£ — !- — * — a— 4 1 r 



&-_: 






ia=t==5= 



*5=r: 



■L...J1 ../. fc-fcfl 



P 



p. _B -P -U 

CoDTrirtt, I»«. bj Ju« D. Vushan. Mu.le PobBahw. in ".P«rf«t Hearts' ■ 



P P P P P 



No. 10. What A Friend We Have in Jesus 

Joseph Scriven Will L. Matthews 







-T&-— b - 



=5 



d-F^s! - — -— — " — F-j ad— y=*— a — «H 



I 

SOS, 

tions, 
den 



All our sins and griefs to 
Is there trouble an - y- 

Cum - bered with a load of 



' I I 

1. What a Friend ire have in Je 

2. Have we tri-als and temp- ta 

3. Are we weak and heav-y la 

♦_♦ f-^-2-Hlr^ — I 4 r -l— ♦ ^— ♦ — ♦— " 

T^r-tSt-br^ 




±-*- 






:^5i 



air;— : 
P P 



-T^) 3 g-— : 



bear; 

where? 

care? 



What a priv - i - lege to car 
We shouldnev-er be dis-cour 
Pre - cious Sav-iour still our ref 



aged, 
uge 



&rr-H =t rd^- 1-— f — F— F- J 



Chorus. 



z~* u-' Lj ■ i.- r i r ' uj lj Lj 



'ry-thing to God in prayer, 
it . to the Lord in prayer, 
it to the Lord in prayer. 



what peace we of - ten 
Can we find a friend so 
Do thy friends de-spise ,f or- 



-=_J_ 



:=t— tzta=P f — czzzzd 






ISjEfE 



3?_ A A A— 

!>' I I l— ■ 
for - feit, 
faith - ful, 
sake thee? 



~ — — ^fafc 



I 


Who 
Take 



a^ 



&=^=f=r 



:£-_. 1 



£* 






what needless pain we bear; 

will all our sor-rows share? 

it to the Lord in prayer; 

:i — A — -r^^_-_!Ls_ 



-A-A- 






All be-cause we do not car - ry 
Je - sns knows our w -'ry weak - ness, 
In His arms He'll take and shield thee, 



.#- P 



Ev - 'rything to God in prayer. 
Take it to the Lord in prayer. 

Thou will find a sol-ace there. 



.-st 



z»— if-P ^-Jr?—*! ►_> — I 1 p4- J <i * f — *— ♦— J-n»-»— <g-n 

r ( __ | __ r _ r ._C=pi: , f- r -f Vis-tzr 



Copyrfeht 1947 by Jimn D.vanshsn Moefc Publisher, in "Perfect Hearts.' 



No. 11. 

Floyd Golden 



It Must Be Love 



Rev. J. W. Gladney 



*J -?m- -■ ■- ■■• 

1. As ! trav-el thru this laud, to the home a -bo ve, Something makes my 

2. When I found it on my knees, I can ne'er for -get, How it did my 

3. Some-thing keeps on pull-ing me high-er ev - 'ry day,Giv - ing me sweet 

-*- -*■ •*- -*- 

— __«_p_«_«_fi_# — — — — * — f2_±i_t_"^--|r__ 
^^to=^==^==ts=^==|s3=E=B^==t=ls=5=|s=|s==|s=: 



fefc 



1 -■• -•- -■- -^- 

heart ex-pand,and it must be love;Makesme want to seek the lost 

heart so please,when the Lord I met; That is why I tell the news 

vie - to - ry, all a -long the wav; Lift - ing me to realms of light 

-*- -*- 

:t_:t: 



^H?-b — h — [— H ^ — p — E — 9— &—p — h — b — b — b — b — 1 



D. S. And this some-thing in my 






soul, 
Fixe 

73*- 

where-so-e'er they be, Winning them at an - y cost, for e - ter - ni - ty. 
where-so-e'er I go.Pray-ingthatnonewill re -fuse Christ the Lord to know. 
in the home above, Mak-ing me keep up the fight, and it must be love. 

-*- ~£x- -*- -A- -A- -*- 

-L_. -| ■ .(_ -■■ -I— -(-- -f— # m 






£=P=P=£- 



:ls=|K=tt: 



from the throne a-bove, keeps my eyes up - on. the goal, and 

' R " S ' h h ~ h • IV ft.'., ^^^Nwh 

tJ a! a I— ^— ^— al— ^-r^— a|— ap— * — j^ — f>— 3 



E^=gE 

know 'tis love. 



v- 



:t==p=F; 



r 



>-=L—^=l>-§g=*~Z 



It 



is burn-ing with- in my soul, oh, glo - ry, 

Is burn-ing yes, burn-ing in my hap - py soul, 

l b b h *] h H 1 # ^ ) ^ i h J> * h 

-*\— 1— 1)— 1 — L — «l— «l— ^~r- ^- # — * «- * — — 

gj^ir-* f — : — A — —- * — : — f * * a— 

It is burn - ing in my soul, 



3— 5- : 




r-» 



h h 



♦ — r» ♦ 



-&— *. 



D.S. 



"p 

And I'm yearn-ing for heav ,- en's goal 

I'm yearning, yes.yearn-ing, for the bright and shin - insr goal; 

.1 f P h i > !> J i J J J J « h - • 



s 



4- 1— *-= =£ 






And I'm yearn - ing for 

Coprricht. 1947 br Janes D. ▼aas-haa. Mule Pabtleher. In " Perfect HeuU. ' 



the 



goal; 



No. 12. 

Millard A, Clenn 



We'll Be Singing Over There 

(To the Blue Ridge N, C. Singing Convention) William E. Huntley 



fj .j- .^_ ^. ^j. - 9 - ^j. ^. -g. • "• • #* 



1. When tbis life on earth is end-ed and we lay our bur-dens down, We will 

2. When we hear the trumpet sounding, bid-ding all His cbil-dren come, And we 

3. When we gatb-er in the Cit - y with the saved of ev - 'ry race, And shall 

.* ■ _N f\ JN J . f\ . IN 

~jj— ral — a! — a) — aJ — al — al — al — 




-y— c 






d — al — al — al — al — al — i 



-Pi- 



"H 1 1— « « — 




hearour blessed Saviour's roice declare,"Come ye bless-ed of my Fa-ther, and re- 
all shall gath-er yon-der in the air; With the saints and all the an-gels gathered 
look up-on its beau-ty, rich andrare;And as we with ho - ly rap-ture shall be- 

__P=t2=3 






D.S. 



- -m ■— ■ I _ _j _ aj _ a_i 



we all gethometo glo-ry, nev-er 

Finb. 



— *n 



u 



—^ 



o - ver there. 



-k- • 



1 



ceive a robe and crown,We r ll be singing, 

in thathapDv home, 

hold our Safiour's f ace,We'll be singing, we,ll be sing -ing o - verthere, yes, o - vertlwre. 

* . k . i h ... pl s x - -■*- ^ f r> fo «? 



1— h— P 



-P-P-P 
more to know a care, 
Chorus. 



i 



i=t 



^ 



c .^ . k . |» p .^. .^. p | 



F$ 



p p 

Sing - ing o - ver there, 

Oh, we'll be sing -ing, shouting, sing -ing o - ver there, yes, o- verthere, 






- l l* — Eik — h — h — h — h — h — P- 



— i=riz=^=i-?: 



*fc£=i 






P P p" 



:t2=pz=t3-t2: 



tafc 



D.S. 



=1—5 r h— h— h— li— n> * r ff— b— b— b 



With -in 



b~b— b—b— p 



v "p-p-p— f- 

that Ho - ly Cit - y fair; 

Ho -ly Cit - y fair, that Cit - y, Ho - ly Cit - y fair; 

-b 1 P * H — r— ht 1- 1- 1- 



^^mmmm^mimmm 



Copyrleh*. 1947. br James D. Vaoshan, Moafe Fobliah.r. la ".Perfect Heart*" 



No. 13. Jesus is the Guiding Light 

W. M. S. W. M. Skipper 



SIpgiSiipifMipi 




©eSi 



fol -low Je-sns ev -'ryday, We must be made pure with 

Light that guides His chil-dren on Thru this drear -y world be- 

sav - ing grace we'll fol -low Him Till The clos- ing of the 

-A- ;A- -A- -A-__ ' -A- -A- 



- in 

low; 

day; 



.« ._. 



m 



-A-Xr 






Then His Light will guide us all the way, And will keep us free from sin. 
To that land where all the saints have gone, Just be-cnuse He loves us 80. 
Knowing He will guide thru shad-ows dim, Till with Him we go to Btay. 

A- -A- -A -A- -A 1 -A- -A- -A- -A- . 

tzzhsErJ 
1 { — 1 



•*- -A- A -A- -A- -A- -A- A- -A- 

EFh r 1 7 F ~~ h ziLgizigiizcziczz^di ^— f — "-* : 



Chorus. 



^ — J5j-r-ti — ^ 1- 



W-#i — j — L ♦ j— -5 g* ♦- « — L ♦-• « ► - 



:t5=: 



He'sthe guid-ing Light, bless-ed guid -ing Light, Point-ing 

He's the guid-ing Light, bless - ed guid- ing Light, 



-A- -A- -A- 

:^mt— .tz=t=t: 



-- ^b — b — b — P — ^ — ^— — 7 



"t? tr- 1 



•Gd — i— ^— -}1t4V— fr-- EL-Ji-^-u: 



iE-EEE^ 



us to realms be-yond the star -ry dome; 



— •- 

-r 

So 



• — A — # — • — • — 

let ns fol -low Him 



-A- -A- J -A- • -A^ -A- -A- -A- -A- 

L — I 1 1=— ^ P P ^ ^^^ Uss^— th 1^ — h — h F— 



— ( — . — ^ 



K : r^-^-rJr- 



3 — l+Z « 3 * 



^===±=^t^^=^==±=T±= 



■9- — •- 



igiiiS 



thru 



all the shad-ows dim, By His Light we '11 reach our home.sweethome. 

-A 1 - -A- -A- -A- -A- . <T\ ^ «N 



Copyright. 1847. br Jtmei D, V»n»han. JJmie Publisher. In "Perfect Hetrti. 



No. 14. When Our Saviour Comes 



J. D. Smitherman 



J. Milford Roan & J. D. Patrick 



• ; ^ .*>* -41- .0. ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ -♦- -«>. -*>. 



1. When our Sav-iour comes from heaven and shall call Hi9 children home, I'll be 

2. There will be no sep - a - ra-tion, and there'll be no farewells said, For with 

3. Oh, my sin -ner friend,get read-y for His com-ing in the air, Thru His 




t* P P 



EC 



\r 



--$=& 



:t=-t: 



8 



P P 



read - y, watching, waiting for that trip a-crossthe foam;On that happy glo -ry 
Him we'll live for -ev -er,and there's notbiug there to dread;Wheu we hear Him sweetly' 
word He's oft -en warned you for that moment to pre- pare;lf for Him you've li?edand 

^->i^-^S!EgE^[ip==gzzgE£EgEt=|Epgiipir ^m~ 
U0ppl;^ pp ^^ ^ ^ v P P P 



D. 5. Then I'll join the friends and 



U ^ ^ -♦--♦- hd- -♦- 1 ) P b 1 , 



ft# - ". P " P y 
morning when Hesavs to mp,"Well done,''I'll go marching thrn the portals to re- 
say -ing,"Come my children," we'll a-rise And go marching up to glory, to our 
la-bored, while up -on this earth you've stayedjou'll go marching up to heaven, where for 



* ~ * *- 



-p-p; 



tp=^=p: 



V=F- 



Tt- 



S: 



1 ]/ y 
loved ones who have long gone on be-fore, Singing glo - ry,hal-le 

K N Fine. Chorus. k k k . 



£=! 



S^r 



lu-jah,hap-py 



_i — *\— Le l«^ 1 — * — •< a — j-U-< t — 1 — 1 1 — 



ceive the crown I've won. 
home be-yondtheskies. I 
you a home is made. 



*Sit2=BESrzS=^BaE 



rZ2t2— h-fSZ 
there for -ev-er-more. 



am waiting, watching, praying for that happy day to 

-■- 
V- 



2=3F 



-N— V 



ttj: 



P— ■- . 



£>. 



»=3= 



BEEE 






t5=:Mz#=:£=fcfa: 
j — j-q-wi— « — §: — 3 — •■ 



-1— r 



come, Sing-ing. shout- ing, glo - rv, glo - rv. soon my Lord will take me home; 



m^ 



w» 



m 



"-£=£- 



CoDTrieht I94T.br Jamas D Vaurban. Music Pnbllabar. In "Perfect Heart*. 






No. 15. I Am Going to That Home 

Mrs. R. M. Mrs. Raleigh Maybin 

-*■ ■♦- -•- -♦- -♦- -♦- ^ -♦• -♦- 



this world be - low, And I 
this sin - ful land, Just a 
that home a - bove,Walk the 



1. When I'm thru with toil and troub-le in 

2. Just a few more days to tar-ry in 

3. Sin - ner, come and jour-ney with me to 

— -j-~ A A — I A A * *-("* * * * • — 

k^EZi— \k=±^—%z=:^z=^z=z^— ^—Z—b=±t—\===.^==il — p~ 3 

\! V P p b P P. V 



-p— v 



— - — • — — • — •— L es>— • — #— L H V 



D_ fi_ \i_ _ r> 



t2— b— t?— P— •— * — p J 

have no long- er here to stay ;I shall have a home in heav-en, for I 

few moredaysto watch and pray; Then I'll join the hap-py cho -sus on the 

straight and nar row gos-pel way, Then we'll sing to-geth-er yon-der in that 

IN . IN 

- ,-Mt= fc P-p-p- 









Ji— ll— lb— h— |— -j-: 



Fine. Chorus 

ztziztszz±: 



4>— J- 



sure- ly know I am go -ing to that home some day. 

gold-en strand, For I'm go -ing to that home some day. I am go - ing, I'm 

home a-bove,ForI'm go - ing to that home some day. 

*. i) ^ r> 

■*=-— a — a — b — * — b — i r r* * 

:p=^=p=SzzS=z8=fcFc=« E F t =t=:g= 
-b — ' — ' r~fez:l:si_k— csznfczz: z 



'fe=f=£ 



-•—I 



D.S. And Pm go -ing to that home some day. 



rtzszztazzr^nt 
i , . v s y p 




a — a — 3 — ^ - # — # _c 



:*= 






ing 



S?* : 



!zfKzEzz^=f 



to that e - den land so fair, And I'm go - ing o - ver 

-A A -I 1 A A A A 1*— r-lfc A A 1 



P^ 



w : 



*4-r-i 



SQ3H 



-*_£- 



d: s) 



zzzjzzbi; 



D.S. 

b h-rH : , 



i^zztaznszz:, 

r -V- 

there to stay; No more sad-ness, no sor - row, no more dy • ing there, 
-•- -•- -ts>- k <n -•- w 

; — 1_ z_ T gz_ jl_g A _ f :r— T- I T— fr-- r ^ 

ifel 



^=f|iz=5Ez3=fRz==zE3=i 



# * f Pzrtefazz=zz B 

P=5=^=^az=^jEB 

dy • ing there, 



Cesrrleat, IM7.br Jum D. Veo«h«n. Muaic Pnblieher. Id ".Perfect He*rU" 



No. 16. 

Mrs. WoodroW Sides 



While Ages Roll Away 




Woodrow Sides 






P k/ y 

1. There Is a home up yon - der, where I shall go somemorn-ing, 

2. Je - sus is build - ing there a man-sion for me, of beau-ty, 

3. Shad-ows will nev - er come to dark - en our way, in heav-en, 



jft 1 £T- 



tr_l_-EH. r p — «. 
fcz= a: 



1= 



HP 






When I have left the shades and shadows be - low, oh, glo - ry; Je - sus, my 
My home in glo -rywhen my soulshall be free, for - ev - er; 1 long to 
Christis the Light of glo -ry, shin-ing for aye,we'llpraiseHim;All will be 



: ^^t; 



:a=fc: 






?=^==^^-2j-^=^ 



?=?=g=i== 



D. S. Make hesy'n your 



•-S - :"±S 



Sav -iour.and my lovedones I'll know, so sweet -ly, While a - ges roll a- 
fly a -way with Him there to be, in glo - ry, 

glo - ry when we get there to stay, for - ev - er, While a - ges roll a- 

-*- -*■ -*- -a- *1 X -*- -*- -.*- *- I 



g g|l 




F— T— :r_ r g— ■ #- & — E . ^ k _ -p-_ »- _-_-c-_/^_ 

3=p— tznFp=[^=t2=zt^^ g ~ :3 ~ — b p ~ — »z3 



home and let us meet there to stay, for -ev • er, 
Fine. Chorus. k , K v 



•; -p— t— p— D 



-p— ~ p— tr 

way. 



-S--:jz=g=tt±=g: 



yon-der a-bove, 



Come go with me, 
way, roll a-way. Oh, brother come go with me to heav-en, yon-der a-bove, 

d£ > ZA--zE =3r^Ea=Ezfc:g=s=z=r-E|i= a=a=:^— 

z^^ay^^ = ^^ = £^ = fc§ ? 
-• — \—\ — #— eh — • — • — H — Tf H — H 1 



^ h*- 



-1— s 



Where we shall live on with Je-sus, in such fu!l-ness of love, and glo - ry; 



Copyright. 1947. by James D. VauehaD. Music Publisher, in * .Perfect Hearta' 



No. 17. Tell the Message of His Love 

Rev. Rupert Cravens J. C. Cooper 



*-*^^||gi_i^iiigiii 



1. Lift your voice and sing to our Lord and King, Glo-ri -fy Him day by day; 

2. Tell His message sweet, words of love re-peat, To the lost glad tid - ingsgive; 

3. Let us strive to win dy-ing souls In sin, Je-sus calls us, "Fol-low me;" 

| .*. :f: :p .*. j*. >_ .^. 

A W A <A A — ,-l 1 A rtf 



^__ t _i r p_^__ | _ # _ # _i: # _i t t3E 



From your newborn soul let His prais-es roll, Spreading light a - long the way. 
Tell how love di-vine makes the pathway shine, Bid them look to Him and live. 
Treading mountains steep for His wand'ring sheep, Hi3 dis-ci-ples we will be. 






<&*■ 



Chorus. 







:^i=: 



■p— D" 



« 



1 



Tell the mes-sage of His won-drous love, His won-drous love, Tell a- 

r> 



Efe=|£= 
►> P 



P~ P P 



p — 



r 






f r p fr r - - - ■* 

bout the hap- py home a -bove,the home a - bove;Help the lost the light to 

-efc -p—p— [> u i 



A— r A A A m A A A — i 



f 



r 



p p 



p p p 



• T — -h— #—•-<:#_■ ■— #— • — •— c^ — p — p— £ rgai 



see, Shin-ing out from Cal-va-ry, Tell the mes- sage of His won-drous love, 



& 






h h h p I 

• — A A — A- 



=H«=«=t=P==-te=" 




Copyrlckt 19*1 by Jama* aTmbu Halle Pnblrahn. tn]"P«fMt Hwta. 



No. 18. 

W. B. W. 



I Need Thee 



W. B. Walbert 



1-4—1 \-\-*—M A *— -A 1— * ^ — F*=- — A— —* 2— \-£- =-— - I 



1. Precious Je-sus, lov-ing Saviour, How 1 need Thy ten-der care; 

2. Long in sin and shame I've wandered, In the paths of dark dis-may; 

3. Guilt-y, Lord.I come,Con-fess-ing,Hear,oh, hear my hum - ble plea; 

•-— " ■" * ij ,-| Stp i 



E^-=i4E=i3==£=== p=zt==U== U =p= &= t^= P= ^=:g=p- j 



SZ=P=£F3l=q3=F=Bpi=F3 

— « 3 ir— • — I 1 H 

1 1— -M * 1* A — r* 

— *— ^- C 1 1 L - 






-* — *— 



IK 



3^tB?=^ 



Share with me Thy bless-ed fa - vor,WhileI kneel with Thee in prayer. 
Pre-cious moments I have squandered,Hear me Je - sus, while I pray. 
Oh, im-part to me the bless-ing.Let me hide my -self in Thee. 






'Arffefc-Edtet^ 






j==t2=t:z=t:tt=:t: 



:t3= 



h — F- 



:t= 



:p: 



fefe 



Ft:=: 



Chorus 




ta: 






mf 



-ri-z 






Thee oh, I need Thee, 
I need Thee oh, I need Thee,yes, I need Thee, 



===p=E 



T 



i i 



^ .*_ 



Ev - 'ry 

Ev-'fy day and 
! 



^Jfefcp=tcj±=tz:f; 



:g=p=«=£=£====:t==g=^,=£ 



1=^=^=— 3— ===== 



:*=== 



:=|: 



1/ ! 



^=±=—3==:: 



hour I need Thee; Oh, bless me now my 

hour I need Thee, Lord, I need Thee, Oh, bless me now my pre-cious 



3t±=F=i 

J7n m — » 

==F=& 



to=-t3: 






.A_ A A ^-Psi 1 

:p— t==t==g= F==fc 



it: 



-V- 



-it- 



t=rfe~ 



3 



- =1 — g- 



32S=-=qz=qz=p: 

^-4— ^— — C » 

Sav - iour, I come, Oh, Lord, I come 
Sav - iour, 



-v — v — v — V 



to Thee, I come to Thee. 



®=Si=g 



:p=p- 



*JV- 



V 



L^i. 



Cocyrliht. 1947.br Jsmea D. Vaortaan. Music Publisher. In '-.Perfect Be»rte" 




When We See Our Saviour Coming 

Edger W. O'Dell 



' -*- -3- 

1. Here we 

2. Won'tthat 

3. Let as 



=fr=fc 



^=P=^ 



have our dis - ap 
be a hap - py 
all be watch-ing, 



.^. M. w m ^. j+ ... 



• point-ments in 
meet- ing on 
wait - ing for 



this wea - ry land, 
that peace-ful shore? 
that crown-ing day, 



§1^=^ 



e^-ZZZZZ 

farfzrjz 

Troub-les, tri • 
When we meet 
Read « y an • 
""N IN A 

gzi)=*L=?z 



A A A CA JC 

t=rf=fz=z-7=t=ft=»: 



5=5 



:p=£ 






-jK 1 q ^ a— IS 5 1 1 — M-U*j — * 1 q — 

j j 1— 'ad 1 -I 1 — /H- L - • 1 — d a 



als pain and heartaches, yet with Christ we stand;But when all our 
with friends and loved ones long gone on be-fore; But the best of 
■ y mo-mentwith the Lord to fly a - way; He is coming 



zz U— t2=tr. 



.p 



-A A p5L__ 



bpzz ^=^— Et= 



-A A — 



ifcfc 



u ^. .g. \ 

cares are end 
all we'll see 
sure - ly com 






ZZZS=zt3==t5=^=F^==& 



V 1/ P 
Z). S.An-gelssing-ing, 






izfrrzfczjszg^a 



— • 



A- 
* Ifc- 

1/ P 



r 

ed won't it be so grand?We'llliaie peace and gladness yon-der 
our bless -ed Lord and King, And thru countless a -ges there His 
■ing, and it won't be long, Till we sing with that glad band, the 

i P\ in ~ 1 -*- -P- -k- 

pizzizzitz: Kzzizzfc: 
:pzzt2zzt3zzt3zzpzzb: 



P= 



:Szzg_ b 

ipzz^zzE 



r-p- 



: 3»= 

joy-bells ring-ing, all a - long the way ,There with Je-sus we shall live and 

Fine. Chorus. k k 

: = t 5 =zz=pL,zi=zzz=:z:Jz = ^=iBz^zzf 5 :| 




*=2 



with that hap 
prais -es we 
hal - le - In ■ 

fzzt 



i-i-- 



-r-z^trt-ij 






we see Him com-ing on 
see our Sav-iour com-ing on 






\) J u V V V V 

• py band. When 
shall sing, 
jah song. When we see our Sav-iour com-ing on a glo - ry 

^--t?zz^zz^z=tzz^t==t=F^==^z=:"t= 



zzczzpzpzz^zzpzz^zzszz£z=izzczcc=zc=:czz:czz 



^zt&zzpiz^zzp: 



glad-ly shout for aye. 



D.S. 




cloud, We'll be hap - py for we'll join that crowd; 

cloud, We will be so hap - py for we'll join that hap - py crowd; 

■& L \r— fg f % 1 Is % — : s ' — 'f — & — : fe" — '^ — "^ — 



:t=: 
-»- 

:t=: 



CocFrieht 1947 by James D. Vang-nan Moaic Publisher, in "Perfect Hearts.' 



No. 20. Over On the Glory Shore 



D.L. 



Daphine Lovett 



Jz^r^==ii-Eliii?^Ei=z*i=l=^z:^E«=:^gz=5— £=1=3=3 
t) -0- ■•- p p p f "* '•" 

l.Tho' I've trav-eled thru the years,with my sor-row and my tears,I have 
2. Tho' the world may do me wrong, as thru life I pass a - long, I'll keep 
3. When my tri - als all have passed, I shall rest with Him at last, In the 

,--^»— ^- r -f-tN— f— h— ''— !»— g-- rf v— E-— ^— K— » D-J* 

? ■ 4. S A — FlA A — »' — u* — * — £ — A — H 1 1 1 E M — % 

Spj— £= fe— p=p— p— ^£=£ -EE=B= E=£-— e= e 
~" -p.. • 13 




u 






trust - ed Christ to hold myhand;Knowing He was strong and sure and His 
walk-ing in the nar-row war, Then when life with mte is done I will 
land where sor-rows nev - er come; And with all the saved and free, I will 



{=^i=:=:=:{z=t=Ltz=J=i=|:t=?l=!i=i=i={z=z i^g 



-tt===g=p=$=$: 



a ® k N h N k FlNE Chorus - 



ver 



love would keep me pure, Till with Him I reach the glo - ry land, 
hear Him say, "Well done. En - ter in - to ev - er - last- ing day." 
have a ju - bi - lee, In that hap -py, hap -py home, sweet home. 

— trrinr^ £ d~~ c - ? ^~ — 

Z). (S. I will have a hap - py ju - bi - lee. 






* 






^zzatzat3iz=at 






on that shin-ing shore I shall live for- ev- er-more In a man-sion that's pre • 

■9- -A- -»-----_--_ _ _'■**- -£ -.*- A 

i-- 



1 — r |_. 



:tr_t: 



Us — ! 1 1 1 1 1 w— U* — W — h ~ * — I* * — ^ It A £ 1* 

D. 5. 

•j -• -•- p p b "*" 

pared for me;And with all the saint- ed band,sing-ing in the glo - ry land, 



« 



innrtr 



Copyright. 1947. by Jamee D. V»ntrh«n. Moaic PnblieW. In "Perfect BearU." 



No. 21. It Pays to Serve Jesus 

Vida Munden Nixon C. L. Cadle 






1. It pays to' be faith-ful to Je-sus, 

2. It pays to be by - al to Je-sus, 

3. It pays to be truth-fulwith Je- sus, 

Sit? 



Each promise to promptly ful- 
In love, with al - le- gianceand 
With hon-est con-fes-sion of 



§gf> _ [IA^-A A -B,_C m r^r m A— C*-— A A *- 



7 



m 






nll; You nev - er should dis -ap-point Je - sus, 

true; It pays to be true to the Siv-iour, 
sin; Try not to de-ceive the dear Sav-iour, 



But work in ac- 
In serv-ice, what- 
He knows ev - r ry 



<gfeg^f=fcz-zz— t=r='^zz\?=i E=t=fc=fei^ g— * — 

CHORTTS. ,. K is K K 
a A •]_ L a j. A _ I H L 4 U^ A A A ,41 — L A i — J j, 4 j 1 

h 1 1— i 1— l a — ' m — * 



cord with His will, 
ev - er you do. 
mo-tivewith -in. 



-m — ■* — m — 
-m — m — • 



It pays to be faith-ful to Je -sus each day, It 

P #. ifl ♦ *■ * * &■ ■*■ : " : •*- *•■ 

i^=cp=&i^.|I=z|s==|£z=|s=FaT=:|iz=3=|s== 






|) A ^A A A A A ^ A q Al ; A [- A- - ft W * A- 



pays to be loy - al to Je - sus and pray;What - ev - er you 
*. ■ «l£ i» *- • ■*• *- -*- £*- -*- ♦ •*- B^ -'- 



do, to the Sav-iour be true, It pays to serve Je - ens each day. 

t|zlzz|5— iszzpzzit a t=r~i 



5—r^i-l*-, 



^|^~l5==A =F zz=:|: = :AZiit==t- F t--=zt=it:=rr======p~rr| 

r h — h — tr— I — b- r -— ^— P — P — ^ — ^- r ,*C3,* J 



f — t? — t? — i — y- 

Copyrlffht 1947 by Jnmes D.Vaoshan Mario Publisher , lo "Perfect Hearts." 



No. 22. 

J.E. M. 



Jesus is Risen 



J. E. Marsh 






1. Je - 8U9 wa8 nailed to the cross for our sin, Bur- ied that we might have 

2. Low in the grave our dear Saviour was laid, Show-ing the price of the 

3. Deep in the grave He was sealed with a stone, And it was alitor our 

! I III II I 




par -don with -in; But the dark grwe could notboldourdearLord,NowHeis 
debt He had paid; How He had died all our sin stains to bear, But He is 
sins to a - tone;But a bright an gel came, rolled it a -way, Now He is 

SS£ff_ t — it— £— b^-Fk — |k— Ie— |r-|r— |t-F| 1 j P— F— E— E= 

T i III rill 

Chorus. 



W*z 



§> — i—i—z-ifi—l—i-\,^-t& 



p=$±±=i 



*=*=*= 



is 



ris - en to- 



ris - en as told in His word.Je - sus 

ris - en and now is not there. 

ris - en and liv - ing to - day. Je - sus our Sav -iour is ris - en to- 



7~» • • i rh — ™ — * — zrrr*- 



:J=i 



--A- 



-± — i-* * * 

- 1 H P 1 

-k — H-fc k k 

L*=EE=t:=E= 



m 



as 



~i — 



==crr±S 



&*" 



-es- — 



— r ^ . 



Now 



day, ris - en, our sin-debt to pay; 

day, He is ris - en,yes ris - en, our sin-debt to pay; He is now with the 

'. J ' I i I • .< 






!S3=^ 



» 



=^: 



i 



:-4= 



J^_cLd 






t> 



He's on heav-en's bright shore, Reigning in glo - ry, for 

Fa -ther, on heav-en's bright shore, 

- -#- £ - r 



ev - er-more. 



1 * — i — Hi — * — te — b^-i • — * — * — * — - * — r &. — . n 

ggg^zz:^— fc-F — g^zzpzr nz=pz=:p=:E=b|z=t:=|2S£:B 



f/opyrieht l947.br Juut D. Vnitu. Manic Pabll.ber. in "Perfect Heerte." 



No. 23. 

Dr. H. H. M. 



Joy in Serving Jesus 



Dr. H. H. Martin 



\M/ ^ , ', ,j _i I eg ■ L_— j_.I I L._ _i _ _j I— .—4 — t 1 — i — I ..— J 



7 $ 

1. Is your life so filled with sor-row That the twi-light fades a - way? 

2. Do you ev - er think of Je-susAnd just what He means to you? 

3. Look a - way to Him my broth-er.Seek His sane- ti - fy - ing love; 

T~p — p~p ' — h-^^-^— ^— ^— P-tt=-C-t^j; r -J 

gzzzjzz^zzfrJtofz^Sz^ 

W Witt* ■H-g-'- O g- 1 7*7 T^vl,-^---^ ' —J* 1 - L a ■ m— L ^ ■ 2 * 

Are you hop-ing for to-mor-row,For a bet-ter, brighter day, with the glo - ri-fied? 
If you will believe He'll sare you,Bless in ev-'ry -thing you do, He is won-der ful. 
Like Him there is not an -oth -er, Here nor in trie lieai'n's a-bove,saints are praising Him. 



^atz^zz^zz^lIzzisic^^c^c— A_»_A_izzzz*^r5zzA_5-f!?— a_5zi 
^^zr^zr^tozbEEEgfcr— ^fa ^^^ zzjzz^gzzBjl 
— '— tr-trt^r-t-T T i v~£% p Y — P .cpzzzpzzzzzi 



I i> 



t Chorus 



•j i p p p p * ■ 



Are you serv - ing Him, dai-ly serv -ing Him, E - ven when the way is 
^ * P- *>. -** 8k- #■ -k- ■#* -*=• 

:pzz:pzz=zpzb[zz 




z_^. 



_*_ 



• — # — 0—Y& — t — 
:pzzz^zzzpz=p = Ftzzz:^zz: 




r -j_^_-£_- £>__ 



zzz^H.zzzzziz3z!?ziifzz=Pzzl»zzE3i==zzzzzE*zzti3zz:?zz33zz3 

a — P— p* — p — F— w^* 1 — * — * — i* — v -f-— r #^ * — » — i — -\ 

I j — | K _ ( hrz^h h— 



-f - 1 t~ j l ■ l p^z:y i; 

dim, and 'tis per -il-ous, You will find the joy,broth-er, noth-ing can de 
|l :■: £ :?: #,. :?: .. . . £ S: -*- -k- . -* 

§|5z^z i ^zz^z:EBT=^zzz^zzrh=Etzzzfchi=Si=t=i— E 
^rf]:i=zt:==^tpzzzpzzzpz=t3=EzzzzzzzzpzzEtzz:pzzzpzz=p 



tzz: 






stroy,nev -er, If you'll on - ly keep serv -ing Him, serv - ing Him. 

I J I 

-*- -k- «» fik- -k- -k- -*- -k- J -*- -*- „. 

^=£=^fe=E=E=g=E;^==zz= f Efe 

zz±zzzpzzzz:=3z^izz:Bzzz:i!zzz:iz=Ft:zz=t:=zzzzzzF^— -— zzzzFfezz: 
I i) U [) I- J 



Cooyrisht. 1947. br James D. Vana-hao. Mosir publisher, in "Perfect Hearts." 



No. 24. 

U. S. Lindsey 



Some Sunrise Morning 



Vol Sumrall 



gb£ir-F^fbz*z=f-j>— Sj— a=$z=lE:*z± f— * * . » 
•j -•■ ••- -•- -5- -•- -?- " ■ -•- 



1. Some sun-rise morn-ing when our toil - ing is o'er, When shadows dim shall 

2. Some8un-risemorn-ing just in - side the bright gate, We '11 lay a- side our 

3. Some sun-rise morn-ing on the streets of pure gold, We'llsing and shout with 




— _prq A — *._ A p_j> — H-J — a 1- 



be no more, 
bur-dens great, 
joy un-told; 



We'll meet that host, the hap- py ran -somed throng , 
Share peace and joy with - in that hap - py place, 
Make heav -en ring with our e - ter nal song, 




I— aJ -rj — g — a j — Fs — F 



And 
And 
Glad 

jEL 



\> ■'■ i -J r ' u 

sing a-Iond,wita them,re-demp-tionssong. 

praise the Lord, who saved us by His grace. Some sunrise morn in 
hal - le - lu -jahs thru the a - ges long. 
-+- -A- -(*- 

*- t_^t-_t_-f-_^_ r 1?— f 



E— A Wa *— — a— a a 1 PC 1 £_C__ 

D. S* Christ, Je - sus, King, our Sav-iour and our own. 



*=*: 



z£-fc =g=F — — 



^ 



:*: 



-ft 



glo - ry land, 



feh 



up in glo - ry land, 



We'llsing with all that ran 



if 
•somed 



-■ ■ 1 2?- 



j>— fc 



P— -h— -N 1 F=-4— r A 



— ^Mg# 



D.5. 



1* 



g^P 



band; In 

Hap-py ran-somedband; 

:tr_-t_-C_-:_- t-_tr -£_ f 



-b— I 1 — 

praise to Him who reigns np - on the throne- 



.A- -A- -A- -A- 

-f-_-t_1:- -t-_4:-- 



5—1 1 W P 1 A HA A A A A A hi •- 



■A- 



CoDJriiht. 1947. by James D. Vmueh«n. Mnslc Pobliaher. in ".Perfect Hearts" 



No. 25. 

Fay Wallington* 

--& 



Bless His Name 



Mrs. Emma Lucas 



1. I am de-light - ed herewith my dear Lord, Liv-ing with-out a fear, 

2. Oh. what a joy to know He is mv own, Guid-ing as on I go, 

3. Thru His re-deem-ing grace I shall reach home, Then 1 shall see His face, 



i4zt:zz:t:: 



P 



:t—C—0=.zZ 



I P I P P-p-f 



S 



to: 



J,— ^— ^ s>— 

trust-ing His word; 
I'm not a - lone; 
nev - er to roam; 



• - 



b— \- 






3=F=t5' 



:±- 



-1 



S=S=T: 



EfeESi 



a: 



:tr^ 



8 



I CTi 



£J=p 



Go - ing to heav'n a -bove, spreading His fame, 
Love- bil- lows o'er me roll, since Je -suscame, 
There in His pres-ence sweet, I shall proclaim, 

-•- -s>- 

-♦- -*- -♦- -r- H 

B* A * A A 1 r- ' bSt — i 



±fr: 



f 



P I 



:jc-± 




HE 



■p~ 

Tell - ing a - 
Glo - ry is 
Sal - va - tion 









bout 
in 
is 



His love, bless 
my soul, 
com - plete, 



His 



name. 



bless 



IteE 



His 

IN 



Ho 



' ^—t— l- 



ly name. 



D.S Glo- ry will fill that place, 
Chorus. 



-b-^-f- 



£-:]=— :*=£: 



1-. — # — ■ — — — urn — ^_i h — h — « — <• — # — 0—J 



y P ' Pi ? i 
Joy-bells are ring -ing now, deep in my soul.Lovelight is on my brow, 



Ete 



ES 



— | ! 1 A * B A— 

-E — h— *— f=^—^— t- 

rEzzzzr==z==^:bt£=tK=fe= E= ff =zc: 



trp- 



— 4>— i-r- 




£>.£'. 



^ e— 



heav-en'smy goal; When I thru sav - ing grace, look on my King, 



h I 



:B 



t= 



£— £— 4>— 1— * 



■4 



Copyright 1947 by Jamea D.Vanehcn Music Publisher, in "Perfect Hearts. 



No. 26. 

R. G. 



Waiting For the Home-Boat 



Ray Griggs 



** 



*=*=*=; 



&=££Eg3Ej&=3>E^^s£^m 



t) \J V is V V 

1. Wait- (I'm wait-ing,)ing,(I'mwait-ing,)irait-(I'mwait-ing,) ing(yes, wait-ing) 

2. Watch-(l'm watching, )ing,(I'mwatch-ing,)ffatch-(I'm watch- ing,) ing (yes, watch - ing) 

3. Broth-(oh, broth-er,) er, (dearbrother,)broth-(my broth-er,) er (yes, broth-er) 

1 -0- -m- - »- 3_ h ^ ^ ^ n -0- -0- -0- i n m -+- 



9— at?— il—d — 1 — j ad »j — 1— fa — — ~ 



For the boat to take me o'er the foam, take me o'er the riv - er; 
For the boat to cross the roll - ing sea, cross the roll - ing o - cean; 
Hear the whis- tie call - ing one and all, hear the whis- tie call- ing; 



g±gj±gz=fc 



-_♦ ♦-—&►- 



:t: 



£=£ 



- ^ S- 



1 



•; y y v 'j V . 

Eead- (I'm read- y,) y, (I'm read-y,)read-(I'mread-y,) y (yes, read-y) 

Long-(I'm long-ing,)ing,(I'm longing,)long-(l'mlong-ing,)ing(yes, long-ing,) 

Lis- (Oh, lis -ten,)ten,(now lis -ten,) lis - (just lis - ten,) ten (yes, lis -ten,) 

JS ' J\ . ' JV «. . -[V IS fV- .„ J> JN JS « . N IN _J\ 



4i 



%fc: 



:£= 



-3-*± 



ZX <S.Get(get read-y,) you (get read - y,)read-(my broth-er.) y (get, read - y) 

s ^ Fine. 

=B & K : : K 



m 



m 



—±. — 3 — a — £ 



tt 



— j=— lz==;- — Fat 



=*^ 



For the boat to come and take me home, take me home. 
For the boat that soon will come for me, come for me. 
It may be the boat-man's fi - nal call, fi - nal call. 



S=£- 



:t: 



fe 



*EE*EEpEE^ 



V 



For the boat that's com 
Chorus. 






— t 
— ^ 

ing back a - gain, back a - gain. 



m 



5 Fg— g— — 



^ — I- 



-t- 



bfc=3t 






Oh, yes, I'm wait-ing the boat that'ssoon com -ing in, fromheav-en, 

-■- -■- .0. _■. .m. "I ^ 



Copyright. 1947. by J 



Hf 



r 



=p==p= 



i D. Vautrban. Music Publisher. Id "Perfect Hearts. ' 



Waiting For the Home-Boat 




D.S. 



cross the main, and 'twill soon be 



com 



mg; 



{ — I* A — — -Ilk It 1* FP m 



No. 27. I've Had A Talk With Jesus 

James Rowe Chas. W. Vaughan 



1. Gone is my love for the pleasures of sin, 

2. Once go - ing downward, now up-ward I go, I've had a talk with Je-sus; 

3. All my transgressions and wor-ries aregone, 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- 

.-. — ~-F — * — * — * — fc — *-r"t— t"— t"— "l=^ r F— t— t— t"_ <L_|U-jfc£ 
3— t2=D— Efet2-^i=ti=tt-:fcB-zEi=Etp±zp 



SI 



:t2=t2=t2— t2=P= 



2&=£ 






*=fr 



* 



^P^igipp- i 



3t: 



±=ltE£=i: 



Now I am free from all sin-stains with-in, 

Songs of re-joic-ing my heart doth o'erflow;I've had a talk with Je-sus. 

He has re-made me and I am His own, 

-A- -A- -A- -A- 5 - -A- -A- -A- 

F— «— f— *— k — y-^tr— £— 1- Tz- r g- tzJ r—T— g-, 



&£*=* 



S 



.,_. ,_ k s _ p | 1 1 i m — i 1 1 F .V » w ■ 



Chords. 



A ' A i - l 9 f f B « - 1 "* 2 ■ 



I've had a talk, yes, I've had a talk, I've had a talk with Je - sus; 

-A- -A- -A- V -A- 

:p— "(=■—"-— F^-r^ * F V— F— r »-— 1=- 



B-—-k k b k k— r l 1 : F-=- r F « F 1 F— i-*-— I — t 






Gone is my Bin, I'm hap - py with - in, I've had a talk with Je - sus. 
tt £ qt 



s - t- .;- £"-t - L -,,t _f _ ^J pL-fL-jE^ E-ti. * 



& 



Oeprrirht. 1941. Cnas. W. Vaueh»n, owner. 






No. 28. I Wonder iPThey Ever Thinkof Me 

Rev. John W. Sullivan (Lovingly dedicated to the memory of Marie Johnson.) Adger M. Pace 

-i -*—M = ■ 




I of - ten sit and won-der of the friends who're o - ver yon-der * 
2.0ft to them my thoughts are turn- ing while my eyes with tears are bum- ing 

3. Man- y miles we've walked to -geth -er in both sun andcloud-y weath-er 

4. Oh, I know I love mv Sav-iour for He gave me lov-ing fa - vor 

-A -A- -A- -*- -A -A -A -A- -A- -A- 

w|=ts=is-fez=AZ=k— |s— A^=iiz:i=:^-b— p=£— g~ £~ £= 

— =t — y ^ — L^ y Ij w w w w y — L!l C K £ r. £1 






In the cit - y just be-yond the si - lent sea, the si - lent sea; 

As their fac - es come to me in mem-o - ry, in mem-o - ry; 

As our Saviour's friend we al -ways tried to be, we tried to be; 

When He made my lost con - di - tion plain to me, so plain to me; 

A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -F- -A- d. 

*=ctz=t=:i=it=£=:£=|:— t=f* -- 



^==rczz:t:z=zzzLC. 



8 



kzz£: 



=5— g=S=t3=P=p: 



1 



^~0 



•J P. ^ _[5 p D C? D 
While the joys of home they're shar-ing and a spot-less robe they're wear-ing, 
I re - call their way of walk-ing, I can al -most hear them talk-ing 
Now they've gone a -head, be- fore me to that land of bliss and glo - ry 
Then 1 came to Him con - f ess- ing, I now have the Spir-it's bless- ing 

A- -A- -A- • -A- -A- 



D.S.Kb I jour-ney on to meet them and at heav-en's gate to greetthem, 



f\ k_ h fY N *_ h\ 


| FlNR 


v P n is K K ' P n P 


r - - 1 


Z J_ J' Lp -P -P ~A| ^- -j J' ^ 




s 

Oh, I won-der if they ev - er think of 
And I won-der if they ev - er think of 
And I won- der if they ev - er think of 
And I know my lov - ing Sav-iour thinks of 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -F- -F- -F- -F- 


y y y y i 
me, yes, think of me. 
me, yes, think of me. 
me, yes, think of me. 
me, He thinks of me. 

j> h p p i 


/.)• . . j '* I* ' ■ * • * 1* |* 


■"""* ■ _ ■ -* -j 




v_^ y |_u — P p Up p p p 


-r J 



I am sure that up in heav'n they think of me, they think of me. 

chorus_ p r> P P . . . ^ n K K"'fi : ' 



I am sure that up in glo - ry where they sing that sweet old sto - ry, 

?z^T=^z:ipir:t3=:p=p=p=:pi=:p=P=tl£=^^|s=|s=fez=i7 

-_y y r ^ — ^ v v v v _ 



Copyright 1947 by James D.Vauffhan Moeic Publisher. in "Perfect Hearts. 



I Wonder if They Ever Think of Me 



}--b- 



—b- 






_* — „ . - p . 

While a- round God's throne tbey have a 
-±. _ A . _ A . .+. ^. . A . -A- 

& E= N=F *-= fc= *.z=z*zz=s— ji z 



,zz:iz::2: 



_L 



D.S. 



ju - bi - lee, a ju - bi - lee; 
■F a- J. 

3E 



-p=p- 



No. 29. Take the Name of Jesus With You 



Mrs. Lydia Baxter 



W. H. Doane 




the name of Je - sus with 
the name of Je - sus ev - 
the prec-ious name of Je - 
-the name of Je - sus bow- 



you, Child of sor-rowand of woe; 
er, As a shield from ev -'ry snare; 
sus! How it thrills our souls with joy, 
ing,Fall-ing pros trate at His feet, 



A A- A A- A r s&. 

z=t— ifc-E— c=fc=E|=z= 



ts~ fczzifczzi^zzfczzt 
I V V P t 



eSs-r A A A- — A A-— *— rfir 1 

1 }-«£ k k k k — k— kl- 5 — I 




t~— 0Z — l-^i &—\-0 0- — # ^ — L ^?r- J 

will joy and com-fort give you, Take it, then,wher-e'er you go. 
temp-ta-tionsroundyougath-er, Breathe that ho - ly name in prayer. 
His lov-ingarms re -ceive us, And His songs our tongues em -ploy, 
of kings in heav'n we'll crown Him, When our jour -ney is com-plete. 

-I 1 F 1 — r -£s 1 r m~ *- 

-pzE^fczz fcBjzzzzB i=zjzz=n 

ztzzz^izzzgzzzfrzz: tgzzF^zz^zE F— r— £= 
1 1 K 



— j 



Chorus 







Precious name, 

Precious name, 



% 



1 >#- 



-k k k g 



o— 

how sweetl Hope of earth and joy of Heat'n; 

how sweet! 

A A A A— «-r* — A — A— A-r 




=* 






Preciousname, 






how sweet! Hope of earth and joy of Ilea?'* 



Precious name,0 how sweet, how sweet! 



r~ . A 4 4 A A— r A A A A A-r-A — I A =-, n 

|zzfcz;zzzz:Ez:z:jizzlizz^^AZzf=tt:zzt:zzt=zbzz:zzb^t=^tf.|szzzzB 



No. 30. 

Adger M. Pace 



&&=5^=Z$3s 



A Rainbow In The Sky 



Harvey A. Lewis 



l.Whea the clouds of sin are o'er you, and the way is dark 
2. If yourheartis grow-ing \*ear-y, and thedays 
3. When the tears of grief that's flow-ing dim 



be aire you, 
are dark anddieary, 
the way that you are go- ing, 



-^ — *~ 1 Eh — ^ — * — =* — ■ — * — p* — *— ®? 



When it seems there's none on whom you can re - !y, you can re - ly; 
When you'velost the light of heav-"en from your eye. yes from your e\e; 
When it seems that all yourfriends now pass yon by, they pass you by; 



ggte 



-A_ n ^ 



mm¥¥~m3M=£^m 



V — i? — \? — Xf 



Ii you will but look a - bove you to the One who said He'd love you, 



If you will but trust the Saviour, seek His mer-cy and His fav - or, 
Look to Je-sus oh, my broth -er, trust Him like you would no oth - er, 

-A A- 



2=—- -— . A a A A A 9m- 

**P— A — A— r* — a — a — it — a — a — " — h- 

— — p ~p ■ D~ p— d — p — t? — D — t? — ^~ 

D. S.Qh, my broth-er, keep be - liev-ing, while His 







mer - cy you re re - ceiv - ing, 
Fine 






You will see a rain-bow shin - ing in your sky, 

You will have a rain-bow shin - ing in your sky, up in your sky. 

And He'll keep a rain-bow shin - ing in your skv, 



And He'll keep a rain-bow shin - ing in your sky, np in your sky. 
.Chorus. . v 




fcg£Efe5?5E^353? 



There's a rain-bow bright-Iy shin -ing in the sky, 



l> b 



There's a rain 
There's a rain-bow 



bow 
shin -ing, it is 



shin-ing in the sky, 



«* JL±4 s t^_JLj!_JLX3- 



There's a rain - bow 



i— 

shin-ing in the sky, 



A Rainbow In The Sky 

fe^tfsgi 



And 'tis there to guide us 
There to guide 
And 'twill guide us 

E-ri-» • h» ^ — 



And 'twill guide 

No. 31. 

J. E. Rankin 



T b 

to our home on high; 
to our e - ter 

to our home on high; 

— P ^ i P — *~rh — ^~ 

us to our home, e - ter 

God Be With You 



D.S. 



nal home on high; 



£32 



T- 

nal home on high; 



gg-^=::ft=p-=£ = lf5z£ 




1. God be with you till we meet a -gain, By His counsel guide, up-hold you, 

2. God be with you till we meet a-gain, 'Neath His wings se-cure-ly hide you, 

3. God be with you till we meet a-gain, When life's per- ils thick eon- found you, 
4i God be with you till we meet a-gain, Keep lore's banner wav-ing o'er you, 

| | -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- A- 



7-5 J-* 5 • • • • •— cP * 




F3=q=Fq= =rf=p- 



^^^^3 



With His sheep se-cure-ly fold you, 

Dai - ly man-na still pro-vide you, God be with you till we meet a-gain. 

Put His arms un-fail-ing ronnd you, 

Smite death's threat'ningwaYes be- fore you, 




~-9—^- 



--£=& 



:p: 






f: 

Till we meet, till we meet, till we meet at Je-sus' 

Till we meet, a-gain, 



feet; 

till we meet; 




No. 32. 



Barber Edwards 



On The Other Side 



-4-r~ 



Odie Comer Mclntyre 

:5EE 






1. M* - ny are the lone- ly hearts, in this world be -low, Shunning all the 

2. Troubles come up - on them fast, as they strug-gle on, But their troub-les 

3. Tharewi" bs no sor -row then, heartaches will be o'er,And there'll be no 

,^4-t: 1 1 P P P F— fP : P "- 

^2=}s=r^— )s=:^=fc— fs=js=F^— ^=[s=S: 
■^-p— p— t?— p— t?— p~ F- C p— t?— p— t?- 



-F- 



:pz=np=p: 



=r*==rY=3 






A— fc- 



■ ^ 



:^-^=^ 



S-#t& = 



jESEfej 



tempter's darts. as they on - ward go; Look-ing for a bet - ter day, 

can - not la3t, all will soon be gone;Light will dawn up -on that day, 

more of sin, on that hap - py shore;Oh, what glo - ry then 'twill be, 

-A- a -F- m -A- -F- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- 

&=t2=t2=T 



I— p— P f bzzppizzipzzzpzzzti— pizzp— r zq 

— 5^5 — p— r- c p— p — p — p— p— p— t— d 

•j P P p tt * o>- 

ev - er to a -bide In a land not far a -way, on the oth - er side. 
out be-yond the tide, And their joy will last for aye, on the oth - er side, 
for the sane -ti- fled, Ev - er with our Lord to be, on the oth-er side. 

-A- m -A- -A- -iSs- -A- -A -A- -A- -A- -A- A- -A- <- 

5£— P 1 fe k fcsr—Fk k k k k — 8 — \~— P* F F F f2ZJ 



Chorus 



^=ES==E?=?_ 



^~P — P~ p~ w *" 



1=5: 



t=z=t= 



-^ — h — h — D- 






On the oth-er side, yes, on the oth-er side, With our bless -ed 

On the oth-er side, yes, With our 



- A . .a- -A- -*■ -*■ -A- -A- -A- -b2s- 

—\- £ « F B Is — hk k k k 1-— H 



-I h p— p— p — p - c ^z zE_ r _c h . 



_A 

-• 

r — 



=fr=3 



iSE3 



HE 



._j_ 



-<&- 



-s>- 






# 9 • 



t,-p- 

Sav - iour ev - er to a -bide;Sing-ing with the an - gels 
ble8S-ed Sav-iour Sing - ing with the an - gels 

-A- -A- -A^ -6- -F-' -A- ,- -A- -A- -A- -A- ~r 

i=c=p:=£q£=FP=g='!=E:=p:=f:P P = F — F — ^=^=q 



Copyrllht. I947.br Jsmea D. V*nBh«n. Maalc Publisher. Id ".Perfect Ho»rt»" 



On The Other Side 



_ {5 __b__P__ = j_ r ^_^_,_ _J5. 






and the do - ri - fied,Hap -py there for - ev - er - more, on the oth - er side 
A. >. 

>A- -A- -A- 'ic -I— -t— -A- -A- -A- -A-- -A- - 



>A -A- -A- 'ic -I— -)~ -A- -A- -A- -A- 

&— k — k — k — k-— U-4k k k k k— b8 1 h* "- 



No. 33. 

A. M. F. 



tm 



Light From The Middle Cross 

Adger m. Pace. 






3* 



4=Zr 



^- — <y— 



«-trr 



1. On a lone hill - side three were cru - ci - fied, And to - day, and to-day 

2. There between two thieves, for the world He grieves, What a load, what a load 

3. Je - sus bled and died on a lone hill -side, Just to make, just to make 

* I 

A Al. A _i_ 



m a 



cS 



E 



A-= A A A A- - - HA A- 



m^ 



« 



fVir4 



:*r#* 



:«-_-^: 



3=2 






Pi 



-r 5 — •— 



I see, I see Oie in an -guish toss, from the mid -die cross, There's a 
has He, has He; Whilethe one re-viled,yet, the oth- er smiled, There's a 
men free, men free; Oh, be-lieve to -day, and you too can say, There'sa 






4=T 



£ 



tr^ 



tr-r 



.0. S. — Je -sus paid the loss on the mid -die cross, 



m 



Fine. Chorus 



k 



& 



s— y- 



f 1 



¥=P : 



W - ~ "'- r " III 

Light, for me. There'sa Light bless -ed 

there'sa Light, for me. Thete'sa Light, 

■frr -tr ^-r-f- A — A . , p f- -g- 



JSI 



fe 



f^lr-^i 



£=£ 



=g=£ 



=T 



J 



.M 



ZXS. 



£ 



A- 5 - A A- 



-^ — tT — g — g-r r ] f = ? 



£ 



Light, From the cross I see; 

bless - ed Light, Prom the cross I see, I see; 

* A *'■ J\ , A -*-JL^L 

Ml A AL 



JE_*L 



J=L 



r->s- 



* 



s 



S V- 



£ 



4= 



*•- 



COPYRIGHT, 1036, ADGER M. PACE, OWNIB, 



No. 34. 



Jesus is My Strength 



Lena Anderson and A. C. 



Aaron Curtis 



,~l 



** i -^/\ r 

1. God gives mestrength in ev-'ry hour, My dai-ly task to do, to do; 

2. God gives mestrength to live for Him,E -ven when sin is rife, is rife; 

3. GodgivesmestreHgthto dieforHim,Giv-ing to Him my all, myall; 

i/""" • i I 

§-~-i 1 1 — rr 1 — I — rl 1 — rl — r* — ♦ — *— rl ^— r*~ -— r^ 1 1 

— a j Cj — ! — c j — cp — p — p_c ( — r- c ===r_J=J 



._|_ r= J r 






Mat-ters not when I call on Him, He will come near to guide me thru. 
Oh, may I ev- er then be found, Teaching lost men the bet-ter life. 
When He shall bid me come to Him, May I be read-y for His call. 



k 1 — L — Fi — *-F^ — »— F^ - ¥< — ' — > — -P — * — Ffe — ' — *- — *- — 1 

| S _-__»_1.| 1 «-p_j L J_p 1 j^J. L\Z 1 L|_>^p_l 



Chorus. 



J "•' X P P P P P 



::£>: 



V 



— #— - 



P P 



1 S 

He is my strength, in all I do, 

Je - sus is my strength, here in all I do, 
-B- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- 



^4= 



A 'A *- 



■0- -0- 






-•- 1 








53. 






p— -p- 




•"-.... ... 


-y— ; 



:g=p— p=n_- 



JE 



Z]^- 



^S 



£_-* 



»-- 






5=t 



=^= 



rr 



P l> 



When tri - als come He'll see me thra; 

And when tri - als come He'll see me, He will see me thru; 

-0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -#. -0- -0- -0- — •- 

P P * 



%=^M= 



:i~pz: 



=5= 



t5=^=^=43=^=3: 



£=&=*=£=£ 



3fe 



?j' P > 

His love will nev 



A— 



m 



— 



Z. J} 

er let me fall, 
His re - deem-ing love nev - er let me fall, 



kr^£-=* 



-A-- 



-* * * A- 



^z-g- 



1r— tr 
P P 



:£=£= 



tr-tr 



f= 



Copyrlebt 1947 by James D.vauuhan Music Publisher, io "Perfect HeBita.' 






Jesus is My Strength 



te§tei#p^^^P 



i 



ftt 



When He '8 my strength, my all 

When He is mv strengtb,niy all 

As- -A- -A- -,*- -A- 

TO — a >s h* i — A — *— * * IA- 



in all. 

in all, my all in all. 



*=¥ 



tu 



-|zs— 



No. 35. 

C. D. T. 



Old-Time Power 



Charlie D. Tillman 



_u_ — (j p_ r ^ 1 1 — . j u u_j 1 1— r — 

* i i I 



1. They were in an up -per cham-ber, They were all in one ac - cord, 

2. Yes, this pow'rfromheav'nde-cend-ed, With the sound of rush-ing wind; 

3. Tes,this"old-time"pow'rwasgiv- en, To our fa -therswho were true; 



E K L[ 1 1 1 1 . 1 






fc &-T-] . 



PU-I 1— , , -I £ Fi-r-J- 



zEaizrfh 



i i i 

When the Ho - ly Ghost de-scend-ed, As was prom-ised by our Lord. 

Tongues ei fire came down up- on them. As the Lord said He would send. 

This is prom-ised to be-liev - ers, And we all may have it, too. 

^ -&- -*- 

a — Ha tss — & a 






m 



Chords. v 

-Q 1 1 4- 

fcz±=2— ab 



-A 1- 



5— \~d — j — ii — — — fe 1 — i — -«i — m — Lf] * * ^— 



*=*=H 



Lord send the pow'r just now, 



te: 






-SEES: 



-rS> 



Lord send the pow'r just now, 
-A- -a. 

F— ♦— ►— r^-tl— - 1"_ 



> — i — i — r^ 






Lord send the pow'r just now, Andbap-tize 



%=t= : 






*= 



fr- 



:l h: 



:t=zt 



I 
ev - 'ry one. 



— n- 



inn 



No. 36. 

G. D. McN. 



When We Leave This World 

G. D. McNair 






-q— g- 



1, What a hap-py time is com -ing when we leave this world of sor-row, 
2.1 have made my prep - a - ra - tion for the meet -ing grand np yon-der, 
3. Oh, it can -not be muchlong-er till the Lord shall come from heav-en, 









-K — H*. — * — * — *- 
:pz#z^-H=z0: 



1 S 



:n=P=:i 



2 — * * <? ly * L*_ 



1 



;# 



-^ — sq- 



t^=i= 



V 



'J tt~ ' y y u 

Go - ing home to stay with Je - sus, on that glo - ry day, to-mor-row; 

- ver that great eel - e - bra -tion, in the glo - ry land, I pon-der;: 
Then we all will shout and sing when un - to us a home is giv - en; 

-»- ■*- -•- -•- -•- -•- -e- ■»- -•- -•- -•- h J * 




: — al — a ! — I — aj— FZ 1 — 1 — * n " 



Glo - ry light and joy for - ev - er, from the Lord that day we'll bor-row, 
What will be the joy that'swait-ing for the saint - ed band, I wan-der, 
And to us He'll show His sides.while crossing o'er the foam, where riv- en, 












:£_-fc_1r_ 



£ 



D. S.Singing out His praise as we go thru the gates impearled, in glo - ry, 

Fine. Chorus. 

I 



1=1— f.— J 






When we all shall leave this world. 

When we all shall leave this world, this old world. What a glo - ry 

-A- -A- 



1 -J- ^ J> J ^ .r> 




♦— |- =i ■ g — — -j 



b I 



-p — t? — ^i- 



1' ? P 

Day for you, and a glo - ry day for me, When we all g<r 

day for you, day for me, 

^1 i ^ -•- _ T -•- •#- -£- 



Coprrieht J947 by James D.Vaocban Music Publisher. ln."Perfect Honrta." 



When We Leave This World 



fe=f^3F3 



t=i=i=z5= 



£—j 1"! 



marcb-ing up with flags 
March-in?; up with flags 

_-g_;f_:f_g- 1 •*-. 

•£ Uk A 14 ' A 

__^_e ^ 

No. 37. 



-J 

== B 

— A — >V 



A 5. 



&==3=fc=a 



: h— -t ff £ : 



furled; 
un-furled' all 

h h 4 



Sweet sto 






m 



un-furled; 



Goodby 



JAMES D. VAUGHAJJ-. 



t±t 



it 



* 



3 



3 — -* ♦ c r^ 



1. Sav - iour, bless us as we part, Fill our souls with love di - vine"; 

2. If on earth no more we meet, Let us meet at God's right hand; 

3. Here's my hand that I'll be true, For that bless -ed home pre - pare; 

4. That will be a hap - py time, When for - ev - er free from pain; 

5. While e - ter - ni - ty rolls on, And new glo - ries e'er un - fold; 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- I 



± 



v—v 



g 



1 — v— V 



it 



Si 



n 



#: 



^±1=3: 



?=* 



'I 

Com-fort ev - 'ry trou- bled heart, May we feel that we are Thine. 

Where we shall each oth - er greet, 'Mid the glo - ries of that land. 

Will you prom-ise me that you Will meet me o - ver there? 

In that pure ce - les - tial clime, All our friends we meet a - gain. 

We shall greet our loved ones there. On the streets of shin - ing gold. 



i! 



fc£ 



=£=PE 



m 



Chorus. 



t^E^ 



=t£=tc 



*s 



S3 



2s: 



fV-rfe 



Z± 



■W-+- 



W* 



<**- 



■o^ 



Good - by, good- by, If on earth we meet no more; 

Good - by,good-by,dear friends, good-by, no more; 



m 



=& 



J3. 



.£. 



m 



# p p 



js: 



m 



^§^ 



?? 



&■■* «' 



-<S4~ 



J ^ -s> 



rrr 



Good - by, good - by, May we meet on heav-en's shore. 

Good -by, good-by, dear friends, good-by, bright shore. 



i 



fc^H^rfHE 



-A- -A- -A- 



+-J-^4 



azzjszzls: 



I — I — h 

James D. Vaaghan, owner. 



*=tnb 



-A^ 



No. 38. An Understanding Heart 

Chas. W. V. Chas. W. Vaughan 







1. An un-der-stand-iDg heart dear Lord,give me Thy will to know, So 

2. An un-der-stand-ingheartdear Lord, of sor -row, pain and woe, That 
3.0 Ho-ly One, be Thou my Guide and let me un -der- stand, Just 



L ^^- t t ? — t?— t?— t?— P — b — t> — p— t 




==to==^=45=ite 



to 



^=^=±=J= 



£=£: 



=fc± 






:J=fe 

I can bet-ter to the world Thy lore for oth-ers show;No mat-ter if the 
I may of - fer comfort in Thy name where'er I go; I need to know and 
what is best for all the rest in this un-hap-py land; Un- til Thy com-ing 

p— p— p— ^- E P— P— p — P — (►*— p— L p — p — p — p— " 



-M*-& 



*— -fb- 



gEJ g^^E^^-^J^=gE fep E =5| 



world may frown and I am set a - part.BIest hope will live if Thou wilt give and 
un - der-stand the hu-man side of life.dear Lord, give me Thy sym-pa -thy I 
precious Lord, and I for heav-enstart,Giveme Thy love and let me have an 



-a- -a- -a- 

(-- 1 1 






-p— p— p— p- L L P t? — 

Chorus. 






-S- -2- -2- -A- -A- 1)1)1 




P P 

un-der-stand-ing heart. Lord I would know, tru - ly know 
need where sin is rife, 

un-der-stand-ing heart. I would sure -ly know, tru - ly I would know 

N -A- -A- -A- A- m -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- 



Thy 



— 5 — ^^ — i — fc — ^F — i — b — p — t= — — ^^b—p— p— F 3 






P P 
bless-ed Ho - ly will, Lord, it 'to me' !im-part; let Thy love, 

let Thy per-fect love 



:p=P- 






Copyright, 1947. by James D. Vautrhan. Mnslc Publisher, In ".Perfect Hearts' 



An Understanding Heart 

J 1 J- k £ & k jT U-: 



±=&- 



:t=t 



-• — — fl# — V0 1 — • — •- 

-p—p-^-V : — 




from a - bove, Give me an un - der - etand-ing heart, 

from Thy throne a - bove, 



fe^M* 



£-*• 



IE 



l=£ 



-*- 



^P==D= 



•I F 1 

■ h 



*^K 



E=zi fc — f — p z q, 



A- 



±i 



No. 39. 



I Feel Like Traveling On 



Wm. Hunter, d. D. 



^Q 



=& 



=3= 



-l— 1 



James D. Vaughan. 



M — 42- 



-* 1 1 — « — M 1 *, d 1 

1 j a — L 



1. My heav-'nly home is bright and fair, I feel like trav - el - ing on; 

2. Its glit-t'ring tow'rs the sun out-shine, I feel like trav - el - ing on; 

3. Let oth - ers seek a home be -low, I feel like trav - el - ing on; 

4. The Lord has beeri so good to me, I feel like trav - el - ing on; 



^: 



-P- ■#- — -^ 



#■ 






4= 



£=£=* 



=£=£ 




* 



* 



4=R 



- -«i ;j j 



~1 4- 



i 



£=£: 



*E 



-r 

Nor pain, nor death can en- ter there, I feel like trav- el - ing on 

Thatheav'nly man - sion shall be mine, I feel like trav -el - ing on 

Which flames de-vour, or waves o'er- flow, I feel like travel - ing on 

Un - til that bless - ed home I see, I feel like trav - el - ing on 



£ S~fr ~pfr — k — (*- 



t 



*=* 



:p"=t= 



fc£ 



:f= 



"r=r=P=P=f=t 



-£s— 



I 



Chorus. 



$=d 



$=hz 



H 1 « J 1 

A M A " A 1 



-f¥ 



3 



=t 



Yes, I feel like trav - el - ing on, I feel like trav-el - ing 

* .^ trav-el- ing on, ■ ■ 



§^ 



t2= ±= r-t?— fr— r- pt2=fcz 






f^tr-fa 



m 



on; Myheav'nly home is bright and fair, I 



£=fc 



3=3=3r 



feel like trav-el - ing on. 



1 



trav-el-ing on; 



i 



1 



=fc A^_ 



•p. 
zfc: 



£=^=£=Ex£ 






£3E£$ 



Copyright, 1936. by Jtmei D. Vtosbao, renewmi. 



r^ 






Perlnn M?ador 



No. 40. Sister is in Heaven 

P.M. 

1. Dear sis -ter's gone to be with Je-sus, In mansions bright, be-yond the 

2. She left us aii so sad and lone - !y, When J?- bus took her home to 

3. And when we meet her on that morning, Up there be -side the sil -v'ry 



ifH 



zfszzzfc 



\&£&==#z=fr 



S 



.ft. 3L. 



~$—v-- 



fc* 













blue;Andwhen this life for me is o - ver,To that sweet homo I'm go-ing too. 

stay ;But bless Hisname, we'll gq. to see her, On some e - ter -nal, glo - ry day. 

sea; We'lhiugandshoct thepraise of Je-sn6,And with her there for - ev - er be. 



.ft. j£. 



jfL 4t 



5=2 



4 E==P=£= p4£=Ep 



o=b= 






■p- 



pz=p=tiz: 



Chorus. v 

-ft — fc — 9- 




We miss her here, 



ob, how we miss her, 






4~: 



We miss her here, oh, how we miss her, ev -'ry day, 

:pz=p— pzzip— pr~p— p "p-5=p— g— g— p=j 






tfcfc: 






^: 



L|£=JE==jE=pL 



P P 



* - x i p p p p " p 

Since from our side she went a - way; 

Since from our side she went a -way, she went a - way; 



M. 



ft- 



.fi. 



feStf-^l £ — 



b=p= p=Pz=iE:-Ep=zp=rLj=zPzz=:^i 



:p=p: 




We can-not bring 



?*-- 



her back fromheav-en, 
We can-not bring her back fromheav-en, far a - way, 



v= zL^E=z ~ [: ±=z?-=p — p=pz=p 



— £ — fr~Fi 

EEtEEkEK 



-i — 



Copjiicht, 1947. tr James D. Vaua-hao. Maale Publisher, in "Perfect Hearts." 



&=$=Z=i 




1 XT 

But we can go 



Sister is in Heaven 






-■ ■ x- 



to her some day. 



But we can go to her some day, some hap - py day 






.♦ * -]-' f' k «L 



i 



A_ 



No. 41. God Plans the Best for Me 

Lizzie DeArmond G. Kieffer Vaughan 




.-^ & — _l_ ■- - tf- &■ 9 L •— — 9 "- ' • — 'fti 

1.1 c can-not tell, I do notknowWhat in the fu-ture days may be, 
2. The pres-ent time is all I own, If troub-les come my Lord is there, 
3. So on my way I joy-ful sing, His hand di- vine is hold-ing me, 



3E*r r 



Efec 



H 1 F- 1 H-; h~. 1— ; I f-fr- - 



A A — "F~rP- — * — A 



J Lp 



f -k3 



s 



zz±r 



If joy or pain my lot be - Iow,Godplansthe ver - y best for me. 
I do not bearthem all a - lone, He lifts my heart a - bove de-spair. 

What e'er the com -ing years may bring, God plans the ver - y best for me. 

_ -*- -♦- -M- -♦- -♦- 

W — r A- — m «£s — I r*' — * °^ — * — r£f- fcr A & — ' r! F — — a 



: ^P=P-^-b 






y P i' V 

Chorus. n i h i 

God plans the best, He cares for me. In ev - 'ry thing His love I see, 



-N 



f-.FMl 



1 



Ji-Hs— i— -r^-ft 



God plans the best,what-e'er be - fall, I'm safe with Him who knows it all. 



^t-,#-4- 



A — I-*" — « *£* It — rl*^ — ■* — A * — r*f-k^ «Ss 1 r'< 1 



3 



Copyright, 1929.G.Kieffer Vaughan, owner. 



No. 42. 
w.w. 



I'll Soon Be in Heaven 



Willie WUlmurth 



&±f—r—r=i 



FS 



to 



§3=1 



* 



:2= 



-«h 



-fr 



-A — i — *- 



tt 1& 'A j 



t» * I P p p * v 

1. This world holds noth-ing for me, 
2.1 am not wealth-y down here, 
3. 1 hope to meet ail my friends 

h 



I've left its fol - lies be -hind, 
I have no sil - ver nor gold, 
in that sweet heav-en - ly home, 



_zi3 c c . l, b — h — h — h _-.Ci & ^_i fe _a 



I p— p— p— p- 



to; 



C ^ 1 ^-^ L m a _ H * LJty—^S » 



4*- 



Each day more clear - ly I see 
But earth - ly treas-ures I fear 
And sing with them once a - gain 

h 



that home that soon shall be mine; 
will all socn tar- nish and mold; 
where part-ing nev- ershallcome; 



• » * -*- A A -£*■#--£- Sk- -fc" -k- Hf -If -P- -£- 

*^=P — F- P P i? ~-P— ft^E- ~^Pm — j» b p to rfr^ — i 



ter 



n;=F 



£: 



^T P P— P— ^ 



■J 1 — i. 



:&t=ft 



1t=A 



— ■ a tfl" M L arr — 21 — J 



Up therewith Je - sus I'll be where there's no connt-ing of time, 

I have a ti - tie all clear to tbat sweet home of the soul, 

Oar voic - es sweet -ly will blend a -round the bean - ti - ful throne, 

h A • -k- A A #0*- 



$- 



:isz=fc=i 



3=: 



:t 



X=i^=t^' 



-:E=E= F f 



?^— ^ 



L |— v 



tr-tr-T* 



— r r - — ■ t*"— — T>- 

~\ l7 lI 




faj== rf>--fy— fr— f> 



Fine 



-Tr-T r ~PTT s d=1 



And live so hap -py and free, in that e - ter - nalbright clime. 

And I shall be . a joint fatir with Christ,to treas-nres uu-told. 
Where pleas -ares nev - er shall end, and sor -row nev - er is known. 

A - -k- m -*'*,*. »f~-P- ^ » '^" -N- -^" "k- A<~\» 

s-t— f— b:=f=fa£z-js— fczzrf— t — E=H— |— r^=fct 
-r»— f^-frr— 1 — FFff — f — f — y — r 
_J±±s± — rL±i=Lh — b — 1.1 — c 



g^=a 



Ceorus. 



ht=zb-b= F 
Z>. 5. With Him for - ev - er I'll shine. 




t'Aj 4— h£ ir4* : 

■■■ SI w "a^i v_/| ^_^ I V fc»— 

I'll soon be free, With Christ 

bo ia heav-ec, op in heav-en, My dear Sai-ioar, 

P—9 — W— B» — 



mm 



zzzzz a a AZiaz~zp- a ,*_ < &— f x— ~-iz . -H— :pz:gz:g_g: 



Cjjrr.iM. 1347. by .«roac D. Vaovhan. II31I: mbllsfaoL. lo ") or'cct „e»iis. 



I'll Soon Be in Heaven 



D S 

EQ — A— Fa # m v — A— FA A-Fa H 



to be; In man - sionsmine, 

thereto be; Heav'n-!y mansion3, love-ly man-sions; 

f\ in h ' |s 

&# — I h> — »— g r i, a a a — r 3j--3i-a~3i 






i^zz^zzt:: 



:liiz=zk=:^— t=k: 



-p— p'- 



No. 43. 

W. L. T. 

PP K V er 2/ S&W. 



Softly and Tenderly 



jjjj . very slow. m w 



Wiil L. Thompson 






1. Soit-ly and ten-der-ly, Je-sus is call-ing, Call-irg for you and for ine; 

2. Whyshoaldwc tar-ry when Je-sns is pleading, Pleading for you and for me; 

3. Time is now fleeting, the Hio-m?nts are passing, Pass-ing fros you and fromme; 

4. Oh, for the won-der-fullove lie haspraaiscd, Promised foryouandforme; 

A* a — & — a r: — ^ — * — A — * — rifc^— * — U — £t-£ — ®-r«-r- 

^W-M-br— fe — k— r— 5— fe-FR^h— h— is— iF^F- — s — V— t>— V-V\-^ 



\> V \> 



-p-D-^^^-p~i; 






*=*: 



£-*- 



1_KW__S L 



f—<2—. ° 1— J-L _^ 

See on the por-tals He's •waiting and watching, Watching for you and for me. 
Why should we lin-ger and heed not Kis mercies, Mercies forycaandfor ale? 
Shadows are gath-er-ing, death beds arc com-ing, Coming for you an Jfor me. 
Tho' we fcavesiEEcd,Eeb.a3 ffier-cy and par-don, Pardon for you andfor ma. 



-fr 1 — A- 



i a^ — fi A — a 1 a a * r» — * — * — *= — * — s-rs — *"1 



cres. 



CHOBUS. k. v# &e>. «-_ — ______ ^ ^ ^ 

Comehome, comehome, Ye who are wea-ry eome home; 

Comehome, comehome, 

Ear-ne3t-ly,teu-der-ly Je-sn3 13 call-ing, Call-ing ein-ner, come bona. 
a-s — a — a — st 1 ^ — * — a — r * — a * — a — >■■> i l 'a — n 



mT^I 



u x> 



No. 44. 

Rev. Rupert Cravens 



He Died for Us 



Mrs. Flora K. Taylor 




3EE==fefe^g^E= 



ts, 



1 X 

1. Oar Sav- iour died 

2. He knew that death 

3. ; Tis by the crosa 

-•■ 

n — n 



V x> u \> i * 



if 



^ — 3g — 



&-* 



v— p- 



-h — h — ^ — h 



" C C P c 

on Cal - va -ry, 
a -wait- ed there, 
we reach the goal, 

f: r — t — ^ — ^ — ►__ 

*=zg=g==:k— t=zzt:=t=t= 

L) 1 S<_ _LJ k k k ^ J 

tr-lr-tr-tH 



^m 



=3q 



P P 
to set us free; 
our sins to bear; 
land of the soul; 



P P P 



F± 



He suf -fered there 
But yet He chose 
The ha p - py home ■ 

J> J P r ^ P -p- -#- -#- -#- -*- ■«■ .#- , .»- 

S— sj ^3— - F^ = * 1 1 1 Pi A A i — t 






-p— p— p- 



5 ts i— A 



te==fe 



His sac - ri - fice 
His grace a - bounds 
No oth - er way 






P P 



=%=i 



:3: 



-#- -•- -•- 

-i 1 1 — 

-Mk A A- 



IS i p 

np - on the cross, 
to us to - day, 
is safe and sure, 



He saw the lost, 



— r ►__* |k K__ 



Was all to save 
He died to take 
His great sal - va 
* 8 J" j> - 






Thru eyes of love, 
w Fine 

our souls from loss, our soul from loss, 

our sins a - way, our sins a - way. 

tion will en - dure, it will en -dure. 

h .p. ... , P _h £ * p 



P~P— p- 



£ 



i=l 



-p— p— p- 

us home a - bove, yes, home a-bove. 



And died to take, 
< Chorus. k 

^^6===--^=^= =F— £==P==*==Pz 



He knew that death 



A ^ A A A ■ A— 1(9" #— J 

p p p p p p p l> -p 



He knew that death 



a - wait - ed there, 



5fet2=i 



-A A A a -,- 






a - wait - ed there, 



Copniiht. 1947 br Junes D. Vaachao. Moslc Publisher, In " Silver Trumpet.' 



"P— P P— P- 



He Died for Us 



-3—5- 



gr= 






D.S, 



^-b— ^— ?- b f^ 



^SgEy^ xq i — a 

-v b ., r It lj 



Li i> b u 

But yet He went our sins to bear, 

But yet He went onr sins to bear 

A * K I- -s K - . _ JS Jl J> J> JN 



:^ F J^=^^feE=^S^ 



37? £^ C*3 



No. 45. 

A. M. P. 



p — p — p — t? — tP — b — b~ 
Just Sing a Song 



jrfj 



AdgerM. Pece 



(i— 4-i 



f=h— ^ 



3=ffi 



Jt 



-A A— A * f 



1. Broth-er, when your load is hard to bear, Just sing a 

2. When yourtri - als seem to press you down, 

3. When you come to cross the chil - ly tide, Just sing a 

_ — _A_ A r A A A A 1 j® * A 



»-+» — i' 






song; 

hap - py song; 



§ 



*=tt 



ic£: 



Prais- ing Christ, who'll ban-ish ev - 'ry care, 
Trust in God and you shall wear a crown, 
Joy is wait - ing on the oth-er side, 

— c r — I — r. — 1 — t? — p — d — d — • — 

D.S. Till you join that Ho -ly ransomed throng,. 
Fine. Chorus. 



■*— f U^- 



3r 



:(c 



— H» « ; 



Just sing 



Just sing 
J 






a song. 

a hap - py socg. 

v 1 ft i 



-f 



Sing a 

Sing a song, oh, 
-e- -tt- -k- 

H 1 h & -" i 




ft 






3: 



J_- 



D.5. 



jSC 



5~ 



«z:s 



rf 1 



song, And press a - long; 

sing a hap - py song, And'press your way a - long; 



m 



SB 



a A a a . J ,*i : a — »-c — A — *> S£ i 

fa a i 1 __ L_. — j in — ^ 1 i-sg, h—jOoi-^ ?i 



Ceoyrirkt. 1S47. by Jimm D. Vrachaa. Music Pcbllsber. In "Perfect He&rtn." 



No. 46. 

Y. E. P. 



r 

1. As I wan 

2. Soon my la 

3. No more bur 



I Can See the Lights of Home 

le 



.j - s *— w— *— -*— *- ft— (f—F—r - ?) 



Yale E. Payne 



T^ 



D V Z 5 i) 

der thru this low-land,thru this low- land;Ma -ny 
bor will be end- ed.will be end - ed, Soon I'll 
dens will I car- ry, will I car - ry, No more 

— » — P — — •— Fi — • — » — •^^P 

— i — i — i — i — i — i — i — i — |. 

* IA~ 

r— tr 




times 

sail 

cause 

i 

.4) a. 



p~p itt> r * rr 

I walk a - lone, I walk a -lone ;But there is 
a -cross the foam,a-cross the foam; With my Sav 
for me toroam,for me to roam; But 'twill all 



one thing that 

iour close be- 

be joy for- 









^: 



I 



-J— J>- 



:g==E-_Hz^g: 



the lights 



P P P P P P . 

cheers me,sweet-ly cheers me, I can see 

side me, close be -side me, 

ev - er, joy for - ev - er, I can see the lights 

X I "■ 1 > - 

A A A A A A _*l M 4 



Fine. Chorus. 



-I— 1- 



j- 1 1 1 — La ■ — |-B »— 



A< ^___*5 



±=ii±^— «£.?# 



:=£=£=£=: 



home. Lights of home and full of glo 

home,sweethome. Lights of home and full of glo 



ry, 

ry, full of 

.1*. -i». +. 






£=& 



j I ■ > p 



'lt^-- 



♦ — -« — I 



tr 



£ 



-B- 



tr 






P P 



Shin - ing out from heaven's dome; 

glo - ry, Shin -ing out from heaven's dome,from heaven's dome; 



Copyright 1947 by J.mte D.Vaoehan Mouic Publisher, in "Perfect Hearts. 



m *=-— 



I Can See the Lights of Home 



D.S. 



a!z± 



£f-D- 



While I sing and tell love's sto 

While I sing and tell love's sto 



c 



£tozz: 



t%3 



.A A A A . 

-P P P P 



:1T 



(a ffl L.HL 

t? — "'szzfa: 



ry, toll love's sto - ry, 
.*>. _|». #. -i*. 



No. 47. Tell It Everywhere You Go 

James Rowe. W. B. Walbert. 







tl -A- W ' .... p tn/ 

1. Je - sussavesfrom sin, mak-eth pure with-m, Sal -va-tion free He doth be-stow; 

2. Je - sus keeps the true,leadsthomsafe-ly thru,Andhid8sthemev-er from the foe; 

3. There ate mansions bright in a world of light, For all who do His will be-low; 

F> P J> 



: 4-f — f- 



^HSHNfc 



-A- -*- -A'- -A- 



-f* — p- 



1 



LJ_P [}■■■}«_ 



§ 



3B= 



r nr 



szzjszz[si 



-u- 



U P 



♦ — J — 9 9 9 — L « — * — * — *— L =i — h — h — - — » ^ i <y' J 



i 



PUP 

All will be re-ceivedand of guilt re-lieved, Bo tell it ev-'ry-whereyou go. 
Cheers them on their way to the land of day, So tell it ev-'ry-whereyou go. 
And for - ev - er there they the crown shall wear, So tell it ev-'ry-whereyou go. 

£ -& ^ 



-A- -A- -A- 



-P— P- 



£ 



ifczzp: 



-A- 1 - -A- 



.u 



E 



Chorus 



-Htf— — -8> »- 



4- 



4 



ii 



7&- 



t± 



3 



17 U U 
And let the weak and way-ward 



i 



Oh, tell it out, 

Oh, tell it out and sing it out, 

FN IS F\ 

-A- -A" -*- a -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- e -A- -A- 



know; 



^=p 



^ 



i 



4c 



g 



st 



— t 



-i f — rEEjEErJ 



i — Hf» is- 1 »- 

1— f— f^-V" tr-tr 



i 



? 



r 



i3 



E 



Oh, sing and shout, And tell it ev-'ry-whereyou 
Oh,sweet-ly sing and glad- ly shout, 

fc D ^ II 

fc a r > E i F ~ P~r— < — ^ ■ > ' » e t fc 



!= # — W— & 



ri 



go. 



£=£ 



p 



r 



W. B. Walbert. owner. 1920. 



No. 48. 

B. McD. 



What a Happy Day 




-fc— fc-N-&- 



Benton McDaniel 



9 «i — 1_5 « « « 3 «, «j. « ♦-J-# 3 * — j d gTZ J 



1. One of these days our Lord is com-ing, corn-ing to take H13 children home, 

2. All the re-deemed of by-gone a - gea then will be with Him in the air, 

3. Let us then watch for His ap • pear-ing, f or we all know it won't be long, 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A* 

s= b— b— tr-V- p~ p— IP— p— tr- b— tM^trlr-C- 




What a hap- py day 



that day will 



What a hap - py day that day will be, that day will be; 



:£y~ g— ?— g— »_ p— c=zgz=tz— p — , rzzrn 

:EEE^=:s— |k= £=trf— gz=g=S= »— !"— H 

-^-p-^-p-J-^— P— P-- b — j*— £— P^^* 



ffl-^r tft •£— HI ™ 1 1 % * ' i Tl * 1 

oh- — [a. p>-. Bk_L^ £* ^j £j .__5 ^ {j qp ^k L~$* 



v b P P 

There will be shouts and great re - joic-ing from the dearsaintswhenHesMlcome, 
If we are true we'll go to meet them on that glad roorningbrigbtandfair, 
With a gladheart be robed and read »y, read - y to join that blowtaasWl tlrong, 

c p— p— b— p— p— p— fcH- b— p-V 



^ 



:b=5=e= ! 



D.S.Glo-ry will fill each heart that morning and we shall have a 
ft J) P P P N h P I—, 

« -1 ^ £i — I 



Ju-bi-lee, 

Fine 

l-V-V 



flfi 



K 



_^_ 



What a hap-py day 



that day will 
What a hap - py day that day will 



be. 

be, that day will 






be. 



— a — -■ * j 




What a hap-py day 



P ^ P P 

that day will be, 



What a hap-py day that day will be, that day will be, 




Copyrit'Jt. 1947. by Jmhob D. Vaczhen. MaoiePubiiabar, in "Perfect Hearts." 



What a Happy Day 

ii_-a—*— :mz -gJ li—it — «« — 3— fo- 

— 3 — C — 



When He comes and we 






--# — »- 



His face shall see; 



-P~p- 



r 



When He come3 and we His face shall see, His face shall see; 



No. 49. What a Friend 



— S" — m — -p— h — *-■ — h— -i- K — P — a — 



Joseph scriven. 

j h h 



e Have in Jesus 

Charles C. converse. 



m 



w 



m. 






-Ij—Cg^ 



-P=l 



C=|=3t 



-*" 



1. What a Friend we have in Je - sus, All our sins and griefs to bear! 

2. Have we tri - als and temp » ta - ticns? Is there trou-ble an - y - where? 

3. Are we weak and heav-y la - den, Cumbered with a load of care? 

-r* : 



R 4 ? ! t -^ — t — j 
Sk£= 1 1 h h ft 



£=&=£ 



4=fc 



: i?4 I u p ~p~D~^r 



-1 U £=g=g=£ 



^zg: 



1 



i r> p p 



its a j a ! 3 — i 



^ 



£=* 



■^ 



What a priv - i - lege to car 
We should nev-er be dis - cour 
Pre-cious Sav-iour still our Eef 



-ry 

■aged, 
-uge, 



Ev- 
Take 
Take 



%r 



-<s>-* 



'ry- thing to God in pray'r! 
it to the Lord in pray ; r! 
it to the Lord in pray'r! 



5 



==# 



t=P 






t=f^ 



£ 



=P=F^ 



r [3 b r 



"?&-^3- 



1 



-a2_ 



U P U D~~ 



M 



fe=fc 



p=9=P 



* 



-hd- 



-»'-> 



-s— 



3. 



& 



BEE^^S 



O what peace we of - ten for - feit, 

Can we find a friend so faith -ful 

Do thy friends despise, for-sake thee? 



§^~~£=^ttffe 



what need-less pain we bear, 
Who will all our sor-rows share? 
Take it to the Lord in pray'r; 



A 



£=P= 



^ 



ess: 



y ~v~ tr 



o 


1 fe 


h fc K 














l/i J ■ J f f\ ! r 1 IS 1 ' h '' ' IS 






/b «• ^ h # f" 1 i^* P P i" h 




\* 


fm i i i m 1 * v i r J P 




r\ 


W) il- il il il I J M J i 1 4 I ^ « J 


A 




All be-eause we do not car - ry Ev - 'ry-thing to God in pray'rl 
Je - sus knows our ev - 'ry weak-ness, Take it to the Lord in pray'r. 
In His arms He'll take and shield thee; Thou wilt find a sol - ace there. 


(»Y 


I* 1 


t K U 




< A 


a* r ' i 


•■ • 


K" 


&Fi— 








1 £-& 




B L 


... r 1 


^ ' 


f- — B — 


3 — p— y — > 


:/— 


-b: — L_*_ 


r h i» — h — 


1* F* 


> "• ■ 










r 


1 b u b 


l> b 







No. 50. The Shining Goal 

Charles H. Huff Mrs. Irene Yancy 



¥ 



=fc 



s 



4=PE 



I* 



1. I am so hap - py now, since the Lord came in and saved me, 

2. Prais- es to Him I sing, all a - long the way to glo - y, 

3. When I shall see His face on the gold - en strand, up yon - der, 

____ A _ g, a — pA A A A A 

»*:t5— -M — * '*• !A- A !A. 



*b-4- 



±a 



-21 g. 



p — i^ — r — -^ — ^ — ( ., p 

—I r-l- "" 



fcifc 






: n-& 



:ri: 



: ^" 



=± 



Joy -bells are in (in) my (my) soul, in my soul; And I will 
I am so free (free) and (and)whole,free and whole; So I will 
Prais- es up there (there) will (will) roll, ev - er roll; With mil - lions 

IS 

. / a ' «L 




"*' — i~^-~Sr- 1 ^— ^ — J — 3 — *— * 



tell it and sing it out how He Baves from sin and keeps me,Headed for 
give out the mes-sace grand, ev - 7 ry night and day, un -til I Enter sweet 
sing -ing and shout-ing there, in the glo - ry land.for - ev - er, There atsweet 

A m A ,-A A A /a $ J § . 

-U-i # a ■ H 1 p 8 « P » — h — » •—{-!■— (■ — •■— 



Till I reach 



v t~ \> V 






Ftne. Chorus. 



^k^ESg^g^EP-^p:^ 



'*— n 



beav-en's shin- ing goal,shin - ing goal 



BEEisS 



Praise 



His 



So I will praise His Ho-ly name, 



> -_fl_ 2 4L^J £ D- J-—** _ r ^_A_A— A— A 3 

-» — &— *> — -»— F» = — •— F»- — F — trrb — i*— p — t — t — v*— 1 

p 



heav-en's shin-ing goal,3hin-ing goal. 



5=p 



fegz: ;£=— : : .y=PS~ 



.J. 



■ p '' " ^ 



csfe 



£ 



name, Hi3 love bil -lows o'er me roll; 

praise His Ho -!y came, o'er me ron,o'crme roll; 






§gJ^EgE»E£=E!:b=t: 



Ccpjrljht. 1947. by Jamas D. Yaasimn. Made pn'jliober, in "Ferfact Heirta." 



&t> 



,-V 



The Shining Goal 



D.5. 



Tell His fame, no> 

And I will tell a - bout His fame, tell a - bout His fame, 



£l-b-» — P — h— rrr 



No. 51. 



L A r 4 



A A A. A -M A A A * -A— n 



Lead Me Shepherd 



Henry H. Tjlsom. 



James d. Vau'cham. 



iPP 



4-r- H j -H 



1. Lead me through the fields of sun -shine And the 

2. Lead me, Shep- herd through the val - leys, Lest I 

3. Lead me through the night's grim shad-ows, To the 



2z 4_* fz 



Mztz 



fi 



# $r— 

pas-tures 

go a- 

per - feet 



53 



-77* 

green; 
stray; 
dawn; 



^ 



£^1 



tfc 



tft 



s 



£e£ 



On Thy arms cf love and mer - cy, Let me 
Lead me, kind - ly Shep - herd, lead me, To the 
Of the day to which we're hast-'ning, Lead me 



ev - er 
per - feet 
kind - ly 



lean, 
day. 
en. 




Janes D. Vuvhw, owner. 1924. 



No. 52. 



There Is A Fountain 



William Cowper and W. C. W. 



W. C. Woodward 



^=£ 



n- 






i 



:±: 



i 1 L— . 

1. There is a foun 

2. The dy - ing thief 

3. E'er since by faith_ 

-*- 



*■ 



^: 



tain filled with blood, 
re -joiced to see 
I saw that stream 




§1 



£ 



:3=fczz 



-h — c l • h — 3 



;tr 



lr-3. — 3 — 5H3f 



m 

-AT L, 



uel's veins; 
his day; 
sup -ply; 



ii 



Drawn from Im - man 
That foan -tain in 
Thy flow - ing wounds 




And sin - ners plunged 
And there may I, 
Be - deem - ing love 



5 



mm 



be -neaththat flood, 
tho' vile as he, 
has been my theme, 



'.ST. 



*= 



■fr — b* — t — k — H 



D. S.Foi I've been washed 
ft 



in Je - sub' blood, 



E2 ^ L^, 3 L* h h k * J 



Lose all their guilt 
Wash all my sins 
And shall be till 



§b 



±: 






J_i 



stains,their guilt-y stains. 
waj 1 , my sins a - way. 
die, be till I die. 



-i 



«ji •& -*2 



That flowed on Cal 
Chorus. 



ry, on Cal- va - ry. 



jrcrq 

F 




I've been redeemed,praise the Lord, I've been re-deemed, I've been redeemed, 

-*- m m. m " * * » *■ -*T TT '£" '•*" 



*=tt=t3C 



:&=&: 



=tc 



*:^' 



^ 



U 



Copyright. 1947.br Jun D. Vant-bu. Mule PabHihar, Is ".Perfect Heart*" 



There Is A Fountain 



-9 — b — k — h -i^z" 



-J5 



Js_J) 



D.5. 



=i»^- 



My bouI is saved, 



l! f— £ 



i •*. -v 

thank God, I'm free; 
I am saved, tbank God, I'm free, thank God, Pm free; 

m 9 & '?- '&' rr * '£' "£' "l*" "*" 



No. 53. I Shall be at Home With Jesus 

jennie Wilson. james d. vaughan. 

With feeling. 






h t 1 V - ft— fa 



-H- 



-*-■ -*- 



» — 3- 



^ 



-ft—fr 



3p 



-#i — #- 



^ 



M=t 



@&^ 



1. Years of time are swift-Iy pass - ing, Bring-ing near - er heav - en's goal; 

2. Ait-'- er all the days of wait - ing, For His voice to bid me come, 

3. Aft - er leav-ing earth-ly pathways, Which my wea-ry feet have pressed, 

4. Aft - er last fare-wells are spok-en, I shall meet dear ones I've known, 

i hj h £sj tH t»- if' P -+■ ~& 

U— 4 — A „ „ i ■* g — £») H*- 1 —^ — K it 



ts^— st 



■+■ 



i^7- 4 a!^ a g 



Z P=U— ^ 



La! 4.gt~ 



? 



■V- 



±z 



1 




Soon I'll be at home with Je - sus, 
I shall wdk be~side my Sav-iour, 
I shall stray by life's fair riv - er, 
In the pres-ence of our Sav-iour, 



While e - ter - 
'Mid bright scenes 
Find -ing ho - 
When we stand 



nal a - 

where an 
ly peace 
be - fore 



ges roll, 
■gels roam, 
and rest. 
His throne. 



-A-" A 



£ 



It 



& 



m 



W H t— te — 1r 



gfe 



i V V 
Chorus. 



-b^-y- 



-\-^ 



p=^- 



^Wl 



V b b — b 



<n^T75Z2»zz?c 



o 



i=fe 



-*t- ,"® it— 



TZ 



ft— fV 



41-A 



S 



gTTTlr 



hew pre-cious b the prom - ise. That with glad-ness fills 



-♦v -f»- -♦- -i— -P- 
—4*-;: — ,\ a u. 



PP^BEE 









£^3 



--£- 



my soul! 



-y— £- 



if. 



-^ — F 



! Site 



itzfi: 




p — isr-te — ■■- 

I shall be at home w.th Je - sus, 

-j*f -*- t*- -i— ■+- -V- •>- -♦- 



-<,'-* -4(1- -0- 

While e - ter- 



;£z=x£zz]&: 



nal a 

—A A- 



ges roll! 



2fc 



b b 'b 



hf-l — g 



S% 



;l — h rWF 



=£- £ ■ -b 



3 



OOPTEIGHT, 10 08, BT JA?XE3 D. YAUGBAST. 



No. 54. 

F. R. 



I Want to Live Right 






Fred Rich 






taM=£=ta£=fc=tt 



1. Since I've been pardoned from my sins, I've start-ed out a crown to win, 
2.Tho' I may bear a heav - y load, While treading on life's wear-y road, 
3. Each day I'll do the best lean, And try to help some fall-en man, 



_A _ a = A r A — A — A A— r A — m 




h-±-^ 






I want to live right For Je - sus all the time; 

Want to live right want to live right 

jrzE&Ez 



ite=Et 



-A A A- 

:t=t=C: 



S^:^=^==3=3= 



■& A- 



-P—m — •- 
-i — ■ 



'l>~~ P 1/ 



r 



1^^=^=^=^^=^==^^-^-^ 






rfcz 



-jtzzMmtit 



£ 



— " — *— 



Be-cause He suffered on the tree, And gave His life to set me free, 

I'll ev - er trnst His guid-ing hand,To lead me thru this pil-grim land, 

D.S. And when my race on earth is run, I'll hear Him say to me "well done,' 



y£ 



-A A 



-A— A- 



-A— r 



-P 1— — -0 — Ui- 

-A A A — [-A 

V~ P~~P 



A A A — r A — s m- — A. 

I } 1 h» — g» r 

A a — £— - F P— P V 



P U P 




*sM 



'ft— ft— ft 



# 



tf tf P U 



-a— a h 



=fc 



it 



._£>_j>__h__h 



-^- Lt 



__ i — = 

3L1ZSJ 



Fine 

--SEES 



ft ft ft ft * ' " " ft %»■ ft 

b tf p P PdoP 

I want to live right For Je-sus all the time. 
Want to live right want to live right 



_ JL JL Jl. J^_ 



£=p: 



Chorus. , 

-h-r4 



EH*: 



1 






6„ 



ft**** 1 ' - 



I want 
Want to live right 



to live right 



afctd 






rfczit 



±>t 



J=* 



P IMM> 

For Christ my blessed Lord , 
want to live right 



glEEEfazz^ 



-14 * A 1* " ■— Hfc * A A A- 

Copyright, 1947. by J»mes D. Vaaghan. Music Publisher, In "Perfect Heute." 



-A-Y-^-A- 



I Want to Live Right 



D.S. 



J ^T^ 



x> t 



' n~ '" F- " 



I'll try to help souls to trust His ho ■ ly word; 

Try to help souls try to help souls 



fezfez 



A A ,*- 



p-0-tn>- 



-h* a * — i 






P P 



Hi! 



No. 55. 

Charles Wesley 



Blessed Be the Name 



© 









3E| 



sing, 



R. E. Hudson 

i-\-m g • y l J 



1. c for a thousand tongues to 

2. Je - sus the name that charms our fear, Blessed be the name of the Lord! 

3. He breaks the pow'r of can - celled sin, 



+ g ^ * i i r> . r ... 

^bH=Ekz=lE=z=|czE|=zz=t:z=|zszE : _ 

i I i V i 



14 -it " "L". " i fc - rt- 

|ZZ#||g 



1 



J: 



q=i: 






:sfcra! 



! — H — ts>-t-m — e — 0—0 #- L <&i — 



The glo-ries of my God and 
'Tis mu - sic in the sin - ner's 
His blood can make the foul - est 



V 

King, 

ear, Blessed be the name of the Lord, 
clean, 



i I 5E±zEi4Z=|AZz:zz tzB 



zfs: 
i 
♦Chorus 



n 



1/ 



itzzzzz^z 



*- -♦• -*- -i — ^.-K ■<&- 

r A A 14 14 — 14 — I 1 rl -m 



=^=^=d=F^=^=^=:^— F===t5=^=d=^=if 



:z£=±=ifcz3:= 



S=3=& 






t; -♦- -*- -• -e--»- 

Bless-ed be thename,Blessed be the name,Blessed bethenameof the Lord! 

7-itMt - * — * — r — '■ ^"rl 1 1 * — sSs-r* — * — £— 14 — 14 — u-.--i4- r l^ — 

_z±i|4Zziz=iz=i=:^il:p=p=:5ziB=|zsztfs=l4^- 
b U P .01 I P P 



-b^t 



|z^==^=^dq~f5=±=i: 



-f— 4i— •— • — c — g - J — v-jEt .;. * r •- C3E 

Bless-ed be the name.Blessed be the name, Blessed be the name of the Lord. 
^ >. :2: >. >. >i 4i >. :*: .k* .►.. .^ 

/-.JM*-* — *■ ' ?^-rt — r f~ — * — A-r-4 — * — I (- — I 1 1 ri — n 

|P = tzrc=zzzzz=|ziEE=:t=:b=:t=t=bzr-z=F=E^==*r:>ztEzB 
zz*-.ziz=!iz:AZZi— r siFpzzpz=~te- r siFs==is=:lizz|s=tzt3=:fe|=l: r siB 
P p y b I I P P P tf I 



No. 56. Till He Comes in the Air for Me 



L. 0. B., J. D. V. and Adger M. Pace 



L. 0. Brock 



:=fr 



:£: 



:±=± 



V -2- -Al- -A- -8- ft^A- -all- ft* 



:±: 



-=1 *j 



1. I want to be a faith - ful work - er, each day, for 

2. I want to serve turn a3 I tray - ei a - long, to 

3. I want to sing and tell the mes-sage of love, to 

-a- -a- 



:~r: 



-jsas- 



izji j& Is [< r~~ is ; f. |szz 



-A- -A- 



:t=t: 



Je - sua, 
glo - ry, 
oth - ers, 



V 



Pt 






^S- 



±t=fXI3= 



3=* 



£- 



1^=^=13: 



H 



Do - ing His bid - ding ev - 'ry step of the 
Tell - ing a - bout Him in a won - der - ful 
How for the world He's in - ter - ced - ing a - 

-A- -A- -A- . -A- -A- 

__■ a n ■ 1 1 1 r i ! =- 

►s-E E k bs 1 tc t 1— - 



~m 



way; I 
song; I 
bove; I 

mi 

— o •- 

V 9 



want to 
want to 
want to 



fe 



_ j L- ■ 



.J .£__£*! 



go out in by- ways, seek- ing souls gone a- stray, 

show to the world each day, just where I be - long, Till- He comes in 

be at my post of du - ty, His love to prove, 

-A- -A- -A- 

±=±= t _M— £=£=[£= >~ 



^z|s:^is=:li=|i: 
"IP 1" 1? XT 






-A- -A- -A- 

t=di=|E= 



.-&— 1_ 



^-A 



Chords. 



3-Ezsir=±-— =feE 



zzmEa=^z=izr-Af=Afzi|=g: 



cp 9 J W IP 

tfte air for me, comes for me 



♦ — - — ♦ — » 



Love and serve Him, 

I want to love and serve my 



-b — b — b— -]— — 

- — J — «— IN — ? - - 



#*=3 



Bi=J 



Sijii^ 



my bless - ed Lord, 

bless - ed Lord, 

is N „ in i*« 
.1' -*- #• -♦- 



Till His smil- ing, 

Till His smil - ing face I 

i i\ r\ l\ 

* J * ■* X 



1 -»- 



3R** — 



— p: 



-p 



13: 






:*:: 



II 



Copyrleht 1947 by James D. Vangbao Maslc Publisher. Id "Perfect Hearts.' 



Till He Comes in the Air for Me 




His face I see; 
see; I 

3— b— P- 



Live 

want to live a 



** 



qzz 



=p| - a_ — t: 

EL 



pure and 
pure and sin 

IE 



a sin- less 

less 

r\ i\ is 

- A- -A - -A- 



*F=- r — i - fr — h ft J -r~r«j — 1—^n 

•— j — P - 3 — 3 -* — ^ — •* — 5 — *— F«— g — q — g-i 



life, 

life, 



g 



n 



Till He comes 

X - J. 



He comes up 
the air 

in 



-I F F — r-» 




No. 57. 

Rev.J. H.S. 



Only Trust Him 




P. 



±=4 



=t=* 



r 



±=t=t 



=t 



Rev. J. H. Stockton 



Tg — a — 3= 

-\- * A A 



1. Come,ev - 'ry soul by sin oppressed, There's mer -cy with the Lord; 

2. For Je - sus shed His pre -cious blood, Rich bless-ings to be -stow; 

3. Yes, Je - sus is the Truth, the way That leads you in - to rest; 

4. Come, then, and join this ho - ly band And on to glo - ry go; 

h | * - £ -f " *•'.»# -F- -F- -f2i 

u — i — r =^=t3=j=t=P t=^i — i — e 



F^ 



Hi 



s 



4- 



Fine. 



=t==* 



■i^=ii= 






And He will sure-ly give yon rest, By trust -ing in His word. 

Plunge now in- to the crim -son flood That wash -es white as snow. 

Be-lieve in Him with -out de - lay, And you are ful - ly blest. 

To dwell in that ee - les - tial land,Wherejovs im-mor-tal flow. 

• — •- 



t- 



Si=fc 



t=tz 



:t=t 



f 



-A A. 



;t=fj§ 



D.S. — He will save you, He will save you, He will save you now. 
Chorus. D.S. 




m 



On - ly trust Him, on - ly trust Him, On - ly trust Him now; 



3c 



I U— -E 



z£==±=zt==Z. 



iS 



No. 58 

Adger M. Pace 



It Will Be Glory 



Marion W. Easterling 



.0. Tj. 1 ^ -0. 



Z) -0- ■*- i " -•- U V U U i/ 

1. When for us onr earth- ly race is end - ed, race is end - ed 

2. When we en - ter thru the gates of glo - ry, gates of glo - ry 

3. When with friends and loved ones we are meet-ing, we are meet- ing 



Ml 



.&►— f-k- 



*£ 



*=* 



* 



£S=E=ft=E=£ 



£=P- 



#=F 



s^lF 



*fc 



i=$£=i 



m 



«3~b 



And we reach (and 
And we stand (and 
On the shin- (on 



1 



£=£: 



we reach)the shin -ing goal,shin-inggoal;Witb the 
we stand) be - fore the King,heav'n-lyKiHg; We will 
the shin-) ing streets of gold, streets of gold;'Twill be 




f i ° -•- W U ^ 

saints, our voic-es sweet -ly blend - ed, sweet - ly blend' 

sing and shout love's sweet old sto - ry, sweet old sto - 

joy to hear our Sav-iour's greet - ing,Sav- iour's greet ■ 



1*- 

F 

ed, 

ry, 

ing, 



K. 



r. — *- 



1= fr 



^—W- 



P=& 



.A. 



Twill 
While 
And 

h 

d 



be 

the 

His 

IN 

jj. 



*=3E3ti 

Chords. [^ 



- 1 - !— *— ^— 3— I— r-F^ JF-k, ~ — 



glo- ('twill be glo -)ry for 
bells (while the bells) of glo • 
shin- (and His shin -)ing face 

h 






S3 



tr~ f" 



the soul, 
ry ring, 
be -hold. 



It will be glo 



J. < — ^ -F- - . nrfi 



r-£-* 



Glo - ry 



*: 






-9.-^ riT-f— h— j— ^— * 



-D-J>- 



3 






izzibiszz: 



■r 



ry up in heav-en,When we our shin - ing 

?J° " rv » * a Shin " in Si 8hin " in S 
t-_r-_-t-_:t-_t^t-____ r _ tfe_j 

— ^ 1- ia 1 j 1 14 gj — - 

Cp—k—v 

Oooyrisrht. 1947.br James D. Vaughn), Hnilc Pobliaher. in ".Perfect Henrts" 



* 



:g=t> 



It Will Be Glory 

.j>_4>_j>._ r£ j_, j- 



-&-*- 



rfr 



~P| J J 3 B. 



fe 



crowns are giv • en; We'll join the shout - ing, and the slng-ing, 

Shout-ing, shout-ing, 






.a. .,*. -A- -A- -A- 

-ir- -•- +- -i — -[ — -t — 



-^ — , M — h — ?=: — g 



~ — L — P — " 



a 



t/ — p — y — 



=£5 



35: 



:^5q 



EE 



■£— 



El 






P 

Glo - ry 
When glo - ry bells are 

r £ ft* « 



bells are 



3* 



B 



sweet - ly ring - ing. 



ring -ing 



J> 



-Si 






*?.—*- 



3z=gr. 



|=p 



Zjt KB- 



No. 59, 

exisha A. Hoffman 



Glory to His Name 



A« 

I 




r£: 



t— •— L 3 — <4 — <s- L 0— 



J. H. STOCKTON 



3= 



«— »- 



33 



1. Down at the cross where my Saviour died,Dowa where for cleansing from sin I cried; 
2.1 am so won-drous-ly saved from sin, Je-sus sosweet-ly a-bideswith-in; 

3. Oh! precious fountain thatsaTesfromsin! I am so glad I have entered in; 

4. Come to this fountain so rich and sweet, Cast thv poor 3oul at the Saviour's feet: 




- A* A 



-A 5 — A- 



:£iz:fc: 



\> V I 



F& 



p 



-32J-rA — *^ — *- 



-I4J — a. 



$=£ 



:£l 



=P2- 



-t= 



9 



fetE±=3 



Fink Chorus. 



« 






H:taM=£= l 



^L- 



-^-* 



^T~V 



*=l 



There to my heart was the blood ap-plied , 

There at the cross where He took me in, Glo-ry to His name. Glo-ry to His 

There Je-sus saves me andkeepsmeclean, 

Plunge in to-day and be made complete, 



fe 






i=e 



s 



t=t 



EdSZZ|E=k 



=^3Z=fe 



u i 



5 — ^J-^b L *— *=*=* 



tr-tf- 
-I- 



:(== 



•k-U-4— U: 



£ 



r 



D.S. 



* 



I 



i 



^ 



name, 



% 



Glo-ry to His namej Thereto my heart was the blood ap-plied, 






m 



P^ 



No. 60. 

Rev. R. C. 



I Want to Live in Glory 



Rev. Rupert Cravens 




taE=fct=ts: 



$=:J5: 



*=*=4= 



1. I want to work for Je - sus un - til I reach the cross - ing That 

2. I want to be a bless-ing while in this world I'm liv - ing. I 

3. I want to bear the mess-age ci free and fall sal - va-tion,To 

4. I'm read - y when He calls me, I'm look-ing for His eom-ing, The 



-c -s — A rife & 

3EJ£3qsz:tfEz:fc 




$E=£ 



-k — 



ti — h — h- 



-tr-r-*-* — — — ^ 



t 

leads to heav-en's fair - er glo - ry sid3jbrightside;I want to serve Him 
want to help some struggling soul a-iong, a - Iong;The path-way I would 
wear - y ones who in the des- ertroam,theyroam;Tbatthey mayknowmy 
day can -not be ver - y far a -way, a - way;My man-sion will be 

-A -. -g — r* * A 1 




di- 

of 

to 

py 



w 



hum - bly, His pre-cious will o - bey - ing, In depths of grace 

bright -en, true hearts I would en-cour - age, And fill the lives 

Sav - iour, who died for poor lost sin-ners, And ev - er seeks 

read - y and loved ones will be wait - ing, Oh, what a hap « 

Chorus, rs * fc N 



Efcfcr:|sz=fc 






-tt- 

i 

bide 



to 



vine I would a - bide, a 

men with hap -py song, glad song. I want to live in glo - ry, ia 

bring the wan-d'rer home, back home. 

time on that great day, great day. 



£=r— Izz:^ 



W= \> U— \J =&=. 



A 4- 



r^- 









heav-en'3 won-drous glo - ry, 

-|ka .k. ,k_ 

S=— .t==tzz=t:z=$: 

jfefP-jk 2 b ts he 



t=f= 



I want to live with Je - sus in the 

-f: :?: tK 

-k- 



±=E=± 



Copyright 1947, by Jones D. Vuachan. Music PubIisbor. In "Perfect Hearts." 



rtz=zt:=t=|:=g=*— ii=:i=q 
-i 1 1 — y — y — h — h — 



I Want to Live in Glory 

I f-** — 1» 1» — WM — j~ t~ »--—■* v. ^—t^—Hj- — ^ a, m—m — i — ■ 



■+ZZ &J-*— a — g—q-^zJ 



sky, the sky;Andsing the hap-py sto - ry , sa!- va-tion's blessed 6to-ry, 



M « — L# # # « « h — I — 



=i j j. — ^ 

— ^ — p — tf _ 

" u b u 

The song of Mo - sea and the Lamb, in glo-ry by and by, and by. 

-*- t_-£-_ r t_ :£-___- t— E— £-$*- * 



-a — pi h- — * — S — * — 

^~rb — b — n — b— at - 



fc£ 



U U L> 
No. 61. 

A. M. P. 



Wonderful 



Adger M. Pace 



1. It is wonder -ful, yes, 'tis won-der-ful,Whatmy Lord has done for me; 

2. Since He freely came,bless His Ho - ly name,Sin has now no charms for me; 

3. Wonderful toknow.as I on-wardgo,I am His and He ismine; 

■a- -a- -a- -a- - -a- -A- -A- 



1 1 1 rk- fc — "t—t— C-rP— E-- E— F— ^-fts-rfZa , 

fe4iA=A=^=^=: ^zz:t:==0^z =|zz^==^=^^^Eg^^=gj 



r 



*f A A * ' ' ■ 



Fink 



When a sin-ner, I was condemned to die, He came in and set me free 
I hare ceased to roam now I 'nifac-ing home, And with Him I soon shall be 
And someglo- ry day, I shall go to stay, With Him,and for -ev*er*shine 

-A- -A- • -A- -A- -P- -P- -F- I s ) 



e — P_t_#_p_t- C t— -t- Sr- E- t-r-x- r- sc_ir_-r_pL r( ^ — _ 

-gd24:zz:t:=t?z=U=t=L= zznb bfcz— =J 



0.5. In that home a-bove, feasting on his love, I shall live e - ter-nal - ly. 

Chorus. * \ N , D.S. 






:^=i5: 



3=^ 



Won 
It 



der-ful,won 



:flrx 



—I — ♦ — «i I 

-A A ™ 

der-ful,Whatmy Lord has done for me; 
is won-der-ful, great and won-derful, 



-A- -A- -A- -A^. I -A- -A- -A- -A- 

n:— — # " L — E^g-t-rk-^k— k- ttXj g-j fc-f— f tK rf^ — n 

|^5r=r^=ps=^-rft^=t^=g^E-=t==M=i^Et^ 

ll5?S= = z=t=^tnit=E====£==i==E==zz3^— p==5=E>Lz=B 



Coprriabt. IMC, b» James D. Vanshao, Magic publisher, in "Silver Trnmset." 



No. 62. 

Chas. W. Vaughan 



Do You Know Him? 



James D. Vaughan 



v -3- -5- -5- " ■ - -• •«£*- .« 



1. Since your child-hood you have heard the won-drous sto -ry 
2. Just to know my pre-cious Sav-iour is to love Him, 
3, Sin - ner, will you learn to know my pre-cious Sav-iour? 
* ••- -»- -»- -*- « iv k. w .• / "" 



£ 



ist 



Of the 
I have 
In His 

-* — '*- 




Christ who gave His life 
found Him al - ways lov 
love is ref - uge safe 



on 

ing, 
from 



Cal - v'ry's tree; 
con- stant, true; 
all a - larms; 



zjzt 



How for 
There's no 
Come to 



w w 






:&==: 



8 






it 



1 



£*=£= : 



3c 



"9 



:=t 



you He left His Fa - ther's home in glo - ry, 
oth - er friend so great but He^s a - bove Him, 
Him and you will share His bless - ed fa - vor, 

■ft 1 * ► ► — r> — qjr 



(fi — 14 



*=g=$z=g=$: 



-!i- 



'-9— 



tS>- -•- -•- 

Bore the 

What my 

In _ the 



#=3= 



D.S.You would 
Fine. 



J=^=*zrz: 



=tt 



-f r— -f r- 



cross that you from sin might be made free. 
Sav - iour is to me He'll be to you. 
shel - ter of His ev - er - last - ing arms. 



X 



P. -0- 



1 



$=£ 



make my 
Chorus. 
I h P 



Sav - iour yours this ver - y hour. 




=tj=te 



^t *— ; 1 -^* 



afe 



■zsb 



Do you know Him? Know my Sav-iour, 

Do you know Him? Know my Sav - iour, 



m 



- — i — i — £i-C 



^l tp— P— 



— J-i 1 {* i 



New An. Copyright. 1947. by James D. Vauebnn. Maalc publisher. Id "Perfect Hearts. 



__* -_ r -p 



Do You Know Him? 



few— r -4J +j m y~ k, 



at 



pUfe 



Do you know His won-droas love and might - y 



* 



pow'r 



_bk 



t2Z=t3~tfc 



t- 



ll 



D.S. 




If yon knew Him 



If you knew Him 

-F— b— P— — fc - 



I know Him, 

-l A lt = 



r 



=p=pz 



No. 63 

Anon 



The Lord Laid His Hand on Me 

N li ^ 

— * — « — 2 



fi) 4 * ~ r *~ — * * * 5 *j — r*~ 



Arr. by Adger M. Pace 



1. Oh, I know the Lord, 

2. Oh, that's why I sing, 









I know the Lord, 
that's why I sing, 

ji jfc * • £ 4 

^S |i {£ A_ 



::to: 



I=t5==j==^==rs 



h=I=* 



-/#--P 1 (J p n K U- 1. 






I know the Lord has laid His hand on me; Oh, I know the Lord, 
That's why I shout and sing as now 1 do; Oh, that's why I sing, 



-k- 

Pfct: 



fr^£^£HHrrf=fcfcfagdfc=E= 



(^JH_ — p — i p — c=zz» — s_nk_p_A_^_p_^ — a — ^_ 






3—* 



*=a==*=*±*=c= 



*^BEH3S?3 



^=^5=H— 2 



I know the Lord, 
that's why I sing, 



-k- A -it 



I knowthe Lord has laid His hand on me. 
That's why I shout and sing as now I do. 



*| -k- -k- P- -k- -k.* 



-k- -k- F- k- -k.* -k- ^ '►*■ * 



No. 64. Over in the Land of Glory 

Rev. Rupert Cravens W. Adger Taylor 



^=fc£=£=*=toj 



^33 



l3 



fct 



£: 



te 






r^ 



1.0 - ver in the land of glo - ry we shall rest when day is done, On the 
2.0 - ver in the land of glo - ry, in His like-ness we shall be , With the 
3.0 - ver in the land of glo - ry no one will be tired or blue, We shall 



t 






life 



■ — *^ — ♦ 1 1 1 — $ti — * — _ 



£-# 



=^3= 






shores of sweet de - Uv 'ranee soon the life crown will 
man - y gone be-fore us, Je-sus' glo - ry we 
have a life morebless-ed with the Christ who led 






be won; All of 
shall see; "Come, ye 
us through; No more 



:p=bt2=t2: 






±=* 



PS 



care will be for - got -ten, joy su-preme will thrill the soul, We'll sing 
bless - ed of my Fa - ther/'we Bhall hear Him sweet - ly say, And we'll 
dis - ap - pointments ev - er, no more try - ing times to come,But an 



£=£: 



S=g=&z=$=&=l£i=E 



tr— i? 1? f" 



:t=p. 



HI 



. 1_ 1 1 1 1 # i — _□ — J — -*i — *_ 

Aj A. Aj Aj Ai A.* .AJ »_A A.* A. 



it 



0. iS". O- ver 
Fine. Chorus. 

/Pi 3 w. 






-A- — A- 

~P~ y ■ • X 

prais-es there to -gfeth-er while e - ter - ni - ty shall roll. 

en- ter joys e - ter - nal on that great and hap-py day. When we reach 

end 



less day 



of glad-ness in our hap-py heav'nly home. 



|=(s=:£=^zit: 



^z^=E=Ezzg=fr 



it .p. ,f. Jk 

£=£=±=±L 






pt— -— c=p=cz=c- 
F#- — » — r — #-»-F — rS- 



-E- — I-*- — • — * — »- 



in the land of glo- ry we shall live for - ev- er-more. 




J5 



& 



~4 r 



I 



~S— C~ §~^ = 



- » — i 



9 



^fTTF 



home, our heav-en - ly home, 

yes, when we reach home, our heav - en • ly home, 

-k- a ■ -fc- ■ ' Vs a -*- "M -*- 

OEgbzib— gzz:5zz:bz =:l3=r^— S r P=43=f - " * 



-P=^ 



?=£ 



\ 



Copyright 1947.br James D. Vanchsn. Music Publisher, in ' 'PettactHeuta.** 



**= 



Over in the Land of Glory 



±—±z^=z±: 






ffcW=zz?-E£3^ = * = 5 

p j & d r 

We shall walk and talk with Je - sus on that shore, 

that hap-py shore; 

g£=d[=£±=£=£ = $ = &^=£= ^ ^y 



-p — — t? — IP — P — P — P — P 



teSi 



£=*: 



D.S. 



1 A ■ ...» A— P— * — g— &■ -tJP 

■ :t= t?— JFt?— b~ tr- *>— £ 




-g— — p— ir~p — p— p — r - *- ~- p" > 1/ > 

We shall have joy, such won-der-ful joy, 

yes, we shall have joy, such won-der-ful joy, 



§Ee 



=tp: 






F==£~t=£=£=| 



^ 3 



g=^ 



* ■*" _k ~ "«* * 



±z±=pzzp=p=!±d 



No. 65. 

Mrs. Elvina M. Hall 



Jesus Paid it All 



John T. Grape 







1. I hearthe Saviour say, "Thy strength in-deod is small, Child of weakness 

2. Lord, now in-deed I find Thypow'r.andTbinea- lone, Can changethe 

3. Sjnce noth-inggoodhavel Whereby Thy grace to claim, I'll wash my 

(■""^ -A- -A- -A- -A=- -A" 



.t_-tr_t: 



:•! v. <t A_ 



Et=zP=pzzp = Etz=t^tp»z=gz=»=Ft:=P^p=:Et=zp= 



=£ 



y tr IP 

Chorus. 



-?==2z:E|=zi3^Eji = ^2=^=Qr.tfzz:P==S =2 -^ = g. 

watch andpray, Find in Me thine all in all." 
lep - er'sspots,And melt the heart of stone. Je - sus paid it all. 
gar-ments white, In the blood of Calv'ry'sLamb. 
-a- f~- 1 -*- -a- -*- 

5&p=zp^EtzzPz=z = E=:*=»=»z;Et:=tt:=p==:p=z:p=E|z==3 

jfl — £-♦-=— 3 ♦ — ♦_L r ^_^C^i_5 * — ^_C| # __|_ — K — q_L3i_J_«i_^_L-4_ 






P 



« 



-*-f- u ,^-' 



Sin had left a crimson stain :He washed it white as snow 



B 



All to Him I owe; 

-*~ -A- -A- I 



I: 



gfcSi=( S z=f K= g = Ft=§-EAZ= 



^— p— p-Fp — g F — »-»-»- 

^ * ^ P" y y 



No.66 Walking, Running, Flying 



C. D. K. 



S3 



ffczfcitzffczfr 



^~ 



±$=£==fr 



phh 



-■=t 



*r 



C. D. Keith 

■* — « — « — ♦ — 



l.I shall ne'er for - get the day when my Lord cameiown.Took my bur-den 
2.1 was just a vag - a-bond.wrecked by aw- foi sin, Thinking not of 
3. Just a beg-gar lad was I, sin-ner too, by choice, Nothing good was 

JL 



t=t 



-A A- 



^=^=5=^=^=^ 



p- 



-r 






try- 



*=*^=** 



-i — 5 — 3 — M— F* — *— * — *— •*==+ 



all a - way,prom-ised me a crown;Gaveme joy and Iast-ingpeace 
life be-yond, and no hope with - in; Then I o - pened up my heart' 
in my life till I heard His voice; Then He gave to me a robe 



§__* .$ B — ,_A » B A f^ — . = — -A = B A- 

— '-b— p— tr-tr- — t p-p~ D-p— p— p-r 

«... hhPPhK ^^^^ 



&P---A — «i — -M — P — _— 1— i ( — * 1 1 — " — iF 1 — i 1 1 — " — _-| 



<j • - r fc— ^- u * ■ ■ — * — i— um — ■ — "■ Vv<s>, 

that the world cart know, Joy in Him , that will increase as I on-ward go. 
gaveHimfull con-trol, And for heav -en mademy start, hap-py in mysonl. 
newshoesand a ring, Took me out of noth-ing here. gave me ev-'ry thing. 

A A m „*l fl F_"A— -A-^—A— r A— A— A— #- 




i/ ^ J i/ 

ed walk-ing for my Sav - iour, 

First I went to walk-ing there, for my Lord and Sav -iour, King, 
went walk-ing for my Sav -iour, 



1 



i 






:trrfr=g: 






On the bless - ed gos - pel way now I sing; 

prais - es now I sing; 
now I sing; 

P P ^ h * F~ P - 



to 



Copyright 1947 by James D.Vaogban MaBic Publisher, in "Perfect Hearts.' 



f 



Walking, Running, Flying 




Now I'm run - ning, look - ing up - ward, 

Now for Him I'm run - ning here, look-ing up- ward to the sky, 
Now I'm run -ning look - ing up - ward, 

3. A \ I .*. t j h 

5-5— a a A"__is- a ±L A t 



:fc 



And if I keep trust -ing Him, soon I'll fly. 



keep trust-ing Him, soon Til 

soon with Him I'll 
soon I'll 



rise and 



aL J f- f- 



=P=P-=^=p: 



fly. 

J 



-r- 



No. 67. 

P. P. B. 



Almost Persuaded 



P. P. Bliss. 



fez 



fefrnl 



Si 

1, "Al-most per-suad-ed" now to be - lieve; "Al-most per-suad-ed" 
il. "Al-most per-suad-ed, "come, cometo - day; "Al-most per-suad-ed" 
3. "Al-most per -suad-ed,"har- Test is past; "Al-most per-suad-ed'* 



jtfc 



3t=3t 



$ 



ts 



♦f- 



3—3: 




Christ to re - ceive: 
turn not a - way; 
doom comes at last; 



Seems now some soul to say, "Go Spir - it, 
Je - sua in - vites you here; An -gels are 
"Al - most can- not a - vail;"Al-most"is 



J=£=i 



4= 



Klibfi 



P=E 



£=£ 



f^r 



:p: 



F 






i^SS 



*— 



=fc 



*: 



-*— 



3? 



11 



go Thy way,Somemore con -ven- lent day,- On Thee I'll call, 

fin-g'ring near,Prayersrisefrombeartsso dear; wan-d'rer come! 

but to fail; Sad, sad, that bit- ter wail,"Al - most but lost." 

f- f ft , J^ f" 



:p: 



Ca^ A — *— T* A - 

?n tr-v- p- 



-a— 



iH§ 



The Great Home-coming 



-*— p- 



Gaskell Warren 



No. 68. 

G.W. 



1. There will be a great home-com- ing o - ver in the 
2. We will have great joy and glo - ry, in that hap- py 
3. Oh, my broth -er, now get read - y, serve the Lord in 

-k- -p. gk- .*. P . -P- . -P- -k- -k- -k- -k 



glo - ry -land, 
ju - bi - lee, 
all you do, 






4- 



£=S 



£==*=£ 



-*--£- 



3- 



1 m a ~ ■' 



V 



*£ 



Where we'll be with friends and loved ones, once a - gain a hap -py band; 

As we sing and shout to -geth - er in that home from sor -row free; 

Let Him have your time and tal- ents, He has done so much for you; 

■ ♦ -k- -*- Sk- #- P 



£= 




farc^— zt5=± 



«* 






fe 



Pain and sick-ness, grief and sor - row nev - er reach that home on high, 

We will meet our dear old fa - thers who have walked the old cross way, 

Put your all up - on the al - tar, let Him guide you all the way, 

.*. gk- *• P ^ -P-. ^ #. 



Jir 



^-:t2=t2: 



:^=t3: 



£=*=£=£ 



=£=£ 



%b=k 



* A [-J 



£ &- 



p n 



fc=tk=fc 
P— t?— tr- tr 



B£ 



Fine. 



4f 



* 



ffl 



r-h- 



:±=3s 



-■I— t« ^ ♦!- 



3: 



-air-- 1 



What a hap - py time in heav - en, where we'll nev - er, nev -er die. 

And we'll meet our pre-cious moth- ers, on that glad home-com-ing day. 

Then you'll meet me on that morn- ing, on that glad home-com-ing day. 

jl *. :t :£ k . k A .*. A k . p 

Si* - is 



— .1_ .fc. -k- - -F- - 






D.S. With our loved ones we'll see Je - sus in His bless - ed glo - ry light. 
_ii Chorus. 

fcp-=# 



^iSSi«iig 



There will be a great home-com-ing - ver in the glo - ry-land, 

_1 S_£^_i^_j«i_S£-_fL_^ 






b tf 






Copyright 1947 by jnmea D. Vanehan Music Publisher, io "Perfect Hearts.' 



The Great Home-coming 



E9E 



: ?£E%i=z£=% 



:z^z.-i;=Eif5zz^=^-^= 



s|=it=Jf 



-a 



1 



There will be a lot of shoot -irig, and I know it will be grand; 
. ^ * 1 X -f- f - g*- -«r t *~ -** 



b b 



n 1 1 1 H ' 1 ' • — I 



b l> P U U 



D.S, 



* C i* 






In that hap-py, glad re - an - ion, in that ho - ly cit - y bright, 

M. -fc- -fc- _kj_ -|t 

'-V — V — V — V 



fe 



-LLJ LJ U LJ 



JSo. 69. 



I Need the Prayers 



. . . "and pray one for another . . . The effectual fervent prayer of a righteous 

J. D. V. man availeth much" James 5: 16. James O. Vaughan. 



With feeling. 



fe 



9 



£ 



^— P~±-- 



h— ft-r-1 



tag 



=i=^ 



=1=3=1= 



t± 



F 



13 



1. I need the prayers of those I love, While trav'lingo'erlife'srugged way, That 

2. I need the prayers of those I love, To help me in each try - ing hour, To 
3.1 want my friends to pray for me, To hold me up on wings of faith, That 




I V V V U ]/ 
Fine. Chorus. 



=t 



£_£_ 



4 



fr-tr-fr 



m 



£ 



±=zz± 



=t 



t 



^: 



* 



=3=lh 



r f=£ 



I may true and faithful be, Andlivefor Je-sus ev-'ry day. 

bear my tempted soul to Him, That He may keep me by His pow'r . I want my friends to 

Imaywalkthenarrownay, Kept by our Father's glorious grace. 

f i ftt f t 



t f f ' HH^Hf ip* f 



:t 



:£=p=*: 



g* 



t= 



i=u=^:tl=t=tpz:«: 

"r *, ^ i y i/ \j \j \) 

D. S. — I need the prayers of those I love. 



t=£ 



!=#=?== 



h r> h 



Z).S. 



3fe 



lf5H&=J: 



=1= 



F|3 



prayforme,Tobearmy 

" -Ai -Ai -A. 



ss 



=3=*=r 



soul a-bove,And in-ter-cedewithGodfor me; 



i^-Mf-Hr-FFH 



: S = I4- 



1 



"H" mm ~^~ 



- U u u u 




Copyright, 1936, by James D, Vanehap. Renewal. 



No. 70. Sweet Voices are Calling 

James B. Paris M. D. McWhorter 






1. When shadows are fall - ing, sweet voic - es are call- ing, They 're waiting for 

2. A - long a - bout sun -set, the starsare ap-pear-ing,I jour -ney back 

3. When troubles are o - ver, when toil- ing is end-ed,I want to go 

-r* *~ — * — * — * — *— " 

:t— 1=— t=t:=t: ■ 



bp^prrpppp 



"i i p $ ~# 



•J ^ -#- > -*- -4- ^ -♦'- ^ -♦- -♦- -♦- 



me at the close of the day; With troubles be-hind me, then 

homeward to scenes of de-light; Oh, what could be sweet-er, when 

yon- der to heaven's bright shore; Where I shall hear sing-ing, and 
X- -M- -V- >- -K 



p p tf b P i p 






twi-Iight will find me, At home with my Io?ed ones, so hap- py and gay. 
home I amnearing.To find a sweet welcome from fac-es so bright, 
gold-en harps ringing, And sweet voices call-ing from those gone before. 




Sweet voic-es are call-ing me, Look a - way,, 

Call - ing me from heav-en to look a- way, 

. . ... . B . .£ ft ft K ft ft i 

ia. ia. W. .a; _*_— 



. s i— «- 




±: 



-* 



J— ±-P-$ 



-3 — — F-1 1 — -j — -+ 




From this world, a - cross the dark foam; 
A - way from this world, a - cross the dark foam; 

^Prr- — ! ~ hi 1 h * • » •— rl — 

Copyright 1947 by James D. Vaagbao Music Pabliaber. in "Perfect Hearts." 






Sweet Voices are Calling 



:E=± 






What 'twill briDg my heart will sing, 

It mat-ters not what the day may bring, I know that my heart will gladlv sing, 

A. A. P- *. - ■« 



i x 



-•-1 



t-i 



eS£ 



Jh. 



3=i= te 



* 



EiEL=^lE^=|Eto= 






A - long a - bout twl-light time I'll meet my loved ones at home. 

.&mds j — zzz— c — pzzzg — p — g — prr:p=zpzzbA a^ 



No. 71. 

E. H. Stokes 



Fill Me Now 



■ 4- ^i - 



=1=: 



-7CJ- 



3=^ 



=t 



=I=F=J 



^.— a.— : 



ly Spir 



-J—J—. 



John R. Sweeney 



1. Hov - er o'er me, Ho - ly Spir - it, Bathe my trembling heart and brow; 

2. Thou canst fill me, gra-cious Spir - it, Tho' I can -not tell Thee how; 
3.1 am weak-ness, full of weak-ness, At Thy Sa-cred feet I bow; 
4. Cleanse and com -fort, bless and save me, Bathe, bathe my heart and brow; 



:t=t=: 






t 




3==t 



rr 



gg p^^E^ 



t=: 



r 



:£=g 






■4—4 



Fink 



<=* 3 h « r-f -i 



-^- 



Fill me 
But I 

Blest di - 
Thou art 

-(=*- -«- 



-J$r-& — t 
with Thy hal-lowedpres-ence,Come,0 come, and 
need Thee, great- ly needThee,Come,0 come, and 
vine, e - ter - nal Spir - it, Fill with pow'r,and 
com-fort-ing and sav-ing, Thou art sweet-ly 



2=:d=^= 



m 



t==t= 



'=r « __^_ 

: r=F E 



f^- 



rA=rp 



T 



-fer- 



it: 



fill 
fill 
fill 
fill- 



me 
me 
me 
ing 

-*■ 



— ^ 

now. 
now. 
now. 
now. 



t|= 



=11 



D.S.-FU1 me with Thy hal-lowedpres-ence,Come,0 come, and fill me 



-i hr 

rr 



h 



=t 



4- 



now. 
2). 5. 



=J=n 



s=t 



^= 



2S 



32Z: 



Fill me now, fill me now, Je - sua, come, and fill 



8 



g , f; /% f > .f , : f;» \t & 



r-T- c 



i 



me 



now; 

42i 



3E 



No. 72. I Hope to Meet You By and By 

Luther G. Presley B. F. White 



m~4-2i — ai— FfS-feE — 1 — 3 — j — x — aPfo-Fl— 1 — F^ 11 !- 



1. In that land of jey e - ter - nal is a Cit - y free from cars. 

2. Won't that be a hap - py meet- ing when we gath - er on that shore, 

3. Oh, the joy to live for - ev - er, in those mansions of theblest, 



% r 4=g — £: 



$-> 



iv 



&E^$=m^m 



fc 



W- 



j — ^ — *f — m — ^_ 



_ b _A 



.g-_tL_-it_as_fi_ 1 | 



p 5 



r 



±=m. 






i=5~H- 



f I 

Where none will er • er weep nor Bigh, weep nor sigl 

None ev • er will weep nor sigh , will waep nor sigi 

-t>_J>_fi_-t>-4 



§E§ 



m — f B : = r 



™ — Hfc - 



p^^=^ 



r 



-=l 




5 



i : 



^BEfleS3 



3t 



2 



*: 



d& 



With the bless-ed King su - per - nal and the hap - py as - gels fair, 
When the saints are fond - ly greet -ing all the pre -csoue friends of yore, 
In that land be-yoad the riv - er, where the wea - ry Gfiall find rest, 




r 

I hope to meet you by and by< by and by. 

I hope to meet yon, to meetyon by and by. 

X « h b b h - h 1 ••■ .P 



> i= 2-*-& = & = ± = 2 : 3 : 



*=*= 



i 



*£ — ?* 



ft>- 



¥=g= 



£ 



=f=£ 



-0 



Chohos. 



=fn 



^±= g=z=pEpEE|^EgEg 



I 



Si 



Z«J # -» — 



Land of joy and hap -py land of song 

In that bright land of joy and song, 



SET 

i 4 - 



3 — 3?- 






*iJ?iJ«iJ«i-J i J? J? .J? J? J- 



rap==d^pE 



f~T" 



' Cocrtiaht. 1047. by Jamea D. Vaacban. Hull Pobllehor. In "Perfect Heart».' 



:zp=j 



I Hope to Meet You By and By 






Nev - er fade, they nev - er fade nor die; 

Where flowers nev - er fade nor die, 






qp: 



r^ 



*3 

K Z).S. 



?— - r — -ts — h — h — ft — ft — ~r ft~~ft — ft — p ~.^n 

F- ±=rT7r:- F 3 — I— 1 1 1 1 -P ai— il— a!— al— ai-H 



Some e - ter-nal day, with the ransomed throng, 

Some hap-py day, with heaven's throng, 



m 



v-s- 



-K F »- 

^ u u 

No. 73. 

JAMES ROWE. 



& & r> h j 

.#- ■»- 0- -0- -0- 



} J j> J> h 



•- ^ 



:b*= 



*3f&^ 



=^t 



Gathering Buds 



JAMES D. VAUGHAN. 




— t^ — IS ' I 

SS3 



=J= 



s:^-t 



^ 7 "-"- -S- "p 



-s^ 



3 



1. Je - bus has tak - en a beau -ti - ful bud, Out of our gar-den of love, 

2. Fullhlooming flowers a-lonewill not do, Some most be young and un-grown; 

3. Fa-thersandmothers,weepnotor be sad, Still on the Saviour re -ly; 

4. Blooming in beau- ty in neav-entheyare,Bloomingforyouandforme; , 



p , r > k k_i£ 



fe 



BE 



l^KW 



Ff=F 



S 



. Fine. 



§? 



Borne it a -way to the cit - y of God, Home of the an-gels a-bove. 
So the frail buds He is gath-er -ing too, Beau-ti- ful gems for His throne. 
You shall be-ho Id them a-gain, and be glad, Beau-ti -ful flowers on high. 
Fol- low the Lord, tho' the cit - y be far, Till our bright blossoms we see. 

— -0- 0. 0~ . — k » = , k <= 



B^H£E&sfcpep=tf 



g=s|k£ 



^^ 



fctzz^t=t=4=t=tp=fe 



f=F=F=F= b ^t 



D.S. Je - sus is gath-er-ing, day af -terday, Buds for the pal-ace of beav'n. 
Chorus. . • * . D.S. 



5 



fe 




-£F 



-& 1 



Gath-er -ingbuds, gath-er -ing buds, Won-der-ful care will be giv'nj 



m 



s=t=t 



a£ 



James D. Vaughn owner. Benewal, 1921. 



fefc ^ f r r f r\ ] f< 



fe=£g 



No. 74. 

Mlliard A. Glenn 



Yonder On The Hills of Glory 

Miczo C. Jones 






1. Yon-der on the hills of g'o - ry, loved ones sing the grand old sto-ry, 

2. Up there in that land sn -per -n&l, shag- isg of the joys e - ter -nal, 

3. Mil-lions now are there re -joio -U3g,prais-es to the Sav-iourvoic-ing, 




jM^ 



h—^ 






Hap - py with the saints for - ev - er more, ev - er Eaore, 

Bask -ing in the Sav-ioar's Ho - ly love, Ho - ly love, Hal -le - In - jab; 

Mak - ing heav-en's arch - es loud - ly ring, lood- ly ring, 



W- 



p$& 



Ifc? U U_=jX_3g 



^L 



£z5: 



^^ 




fe^fe^^^^E 



Tell - ing of the Que who taagktthera, came eiwa to the earth audseasiWaein, 
Up there where necJondsaw fly - ing, free irona ev - 'ry fear ©f dy -ing, 
Wait-ing for the glad heaae-com-ing, when we shall he np-wardhom-iiig, 



_j?: p: — 3 r T~ T — 1 — T- — F— r F— P— P--P— ^ — P— *>_£_, 



Fine Cbgh*js. 




Saved them that they might His name a - dors, name a - dore. 



They are with the saints at home a -bov8 s ho«3e a -bove.Tkej art hap-py 
Go - ing to the wed-diag of the KiBg.hsavea'sIung. 

.A. ^L. _&- -A- 



Hfc* 1 ft tS u, ~ 






V-f— lp- 



"^ 



: ;=idpi^=£i 



A S.Hap-py with the saints at homo a -bove,home a-bove. 

-fl-A * * 



r« flit. 



3E 



l> I 



R 



t-f 



1 



yon-der on the hHls ©f glo - ry 9 Sing -ing with the saints tho sto-ry, 

_f- ft 






-(. 



k£z=£: 



Copriizbt. IS l' r , by itraci D. Vauaboa. Uotla pabllE&er. 



Yonder On The Hills of Glory 



Tell-ing of the Sav-ionr and His love, Ho - ly love, hal - lo - !u -jab; 

"y 1 






&eI=3* 



"jr~j — g — f» fT7 
-i? — 1> — P — P=p — 



m- 



:f=i 



o m- 



D.S. 



zzz=:£zzrEZxizia: 



| 



T"y [pS~~ c 



Glo - ry, some e - ter-nal morn-ing, We'll go o - ver there and join them, 



«= 



No. 75. I Hear Thy Welcome Voice 



L. H. 



S 



E5£ 



&=&bfc=tt=£ 



if 



-iS & 



&S 



nJTT 



Rev. l. kartsough. 



-#i 




€J 



1. 1 hear Thy welcome vei««, That calls m«, Lord , to Thee, For cleansing in Thy 

2. Tbo' com-ing weak and vile, Tk*ed«sfc my ttrsiidh assure, Thoa dost my vilencsa 

3. 'Tia Je - sub calls me on, To per-ieet faith and love, To perfect hope, end 

«q "^f - -J*l -fr ~A- 

A-Jz e ■ s- a 9 ffl , f? a 



S£ 



1 « J" y ^ a. a to p 

ffcj * Ik.- j* gr^ B|tz:^-t — 1 — fe zzfc: 
fa FF^^Tz:teif^z±e=g=S==!4: 



£ 



4 



£ 



£=^. 



ja izra 



:tn 



:p: 




I em cem-ing, Lord! Coming 



precious blood That Sowed on Cal-va « ry. 

ml - ly cleanse, Till spoi-lesB all and pure, 
peace, and trust, Fortarth andheav'n a-bove. 

-&r -jk- /"?i -p* -&2 7£I "A 3 "?* — 



j^pi^Spp^ 



fiEfc-g 



now to Thoelfehme, clcaneerie in the blood That flowed on Cal-va - ry! 

t: * rC^- V |P Mr* r ffi 2b TV « " *c- 



;c=£ 



ffi 



No. 76. 

A. M. P. 



I'm a New Creation 



Adger M. Pace 






1. Once I was a lone-ly str anger, drift- in g down the stream of dan-ger, 
2.1 was drift-ing on with sad-ness, naught was there to bring me gladness, 
3. Sin - ner, won't you seek my Sav-iour,pray for His re-deem-ing fa -vor, 

-A- — * * * * * — r A- A A— J 



@£#h?=E 



P P 



t=ztz=fzzH 



* m 1 1 H— r — ■ ■ 



P tf p p l> P p 




$==*: 



-h — h- 



3=^: 



1 



Toward a dark 
And I had 
Let Him save 



and treach'rous shoal, a treach-'rous shoal; 
no self - con - trol, no self - con -trol; 
and make you whole, and make you whole; 
— a * — *- 



-X — P- 



:t=— : 



V~V 



:£: 



p— P— P— P: 



eE 



p p 






But the Sav-iour sought and found me,put His lov-ing arms a -round me. 
But when Je -sus came to cheer me, I could feel Hia pres-ence near me, 
I have found that He re-ceiv-eth all who on His name be -liev-eth, 

h * +2 ^ > :f: .*. -♦. T". .*. ^ *. .►. [) h 

: pz= =zbb=zaz=Di=zP 



:£ 






$=£=EP 



I 






$=:£=:fa^: 



W£ 






And to - day, 



He saves my soul. 



!^=s 



EffiE?=: 



And to • day He saves my soul, He saves my soul. 

4^4> E> P Pi- 



1 * * * 4 m 

- :gzr£ — * — p — m — I 



t==p=p=p=z:pzz = p: 



HHH 



Chorus. 



W 



-U 



±1=*: 






:1=| 



i 



I am a new ere - a-tion,for His great sal -va -tion 

A new ere - a - tion, His great sal - va - tion 



P 



^ 



-t Is — P P §? 

-k — F — h — d — 



--t=t 



P P 



ta=t 



:p — E — b ~fr- ^ 



P U 



Copyright l947.br Juh D. Vancban. Mule Pabllaber, in "Perfect Heerti. 



I'm a New Creation 






Makeo me whole, 



it makes me whole, 



_gjz:zz:z=zzz:c~ — «— :fc:^zlE 
UUP 



Makes me whole, it makes mo whole, it makes me whole; 

-dE3 







And I am so de-light-ed, Ho - ly fires are light -ed 

Am so de-light-ed, The fire3 are light -ed 

p j" j> .«u .*. .^ -j. -k .*. r> h 



— h — h t h z_-__sc 




I A A lb 1* lA 1 1 1 1 A 



F=B 



p p 



p 



r 



my soul. 



In my soul, down in my scnl, down in my soul. 



h .h 



i 



No. 77. 

Rev. Edward Hopper 
-b b 




Jesus Saviour, Pilot Me 



S 



=S 



3r 



^M 



J. E. Gonld 

*TKR 



fr-tP 



3t 



p^EEg^i 



<5T 



1. Je - 8us, Sav-iour, pi - lot me, - ver life's teni-pe3t- ecus sea; 

2. As a moth-er stills her child, Thou canst hush the o - cean wild; 

3. When at last I near the 6hore,And the fear-ful break-ers roar; 



—^2 — £F C I D — F — F 




;, Je - 



D.C. Chart and com- pass come from Thee, Je - sus, Sav-iour, pi - lot me. 

D.G. Wondrous Sov'reign of the sea, Je - sua, Sav-iour, pi - lot me. 

D.C.May I hear Thee say to me,"Fe£r net, I will pi - lot thee." 

a-^Lj^ : „_ & K ' 






3~ 



p^i u p ctct 

oil, Hid - ing rocks and treacherous rhoalf 



fr ' PP. 

Unknown wave3 be -fore me roll, 

Boist'rouswavcso -bey Thy will, WhcnThcusayst to tbem"Be stilll" 
'Twixtme and the peace-ful rest, Then while lean-ing on Thy breast, 



fflLl—JSi g^ZpgtZ^ ft p! 




No. 78. 

E. R. W. 



Jesus Walks With Me 



E. R. Ward 



KS 



1- 



=4- 



— i 1— y 



=£=fc 






3=} 



$*±tf: 



fg — g— ^ — -j — 1 



y i 

1. I . was a careworn pilgrim, on this highway of liie'JIo friend had I to 

2. This high-way grew more rug-ged, the e - vil for-ces strong. So held my soul in 

3. My Lord was there and wait-ing,to bear my heav-y load, He eased my ev - ; ry 

.p-Pp: j. -jfL jpi. br 






>_>_ > 



J=±=t 



t 



Lj 1 _| 1 L| 1 LI 1 1 1 

-' — i — r- c c r— r— i— - 



-^- 



1 






3EriEriEE^Eri=3E$E 



Bj_zitte 




guide me, my soul was torn with strife ;Then came to me 
bond -age, I new not rightfrom wrong;Till I found Je ■ 
bur - den, A -long life's wea -ry road; He paid for my 






fc: 



2SZ3:- 



r # — ♦ — k- 



P 



-r- 



the sto - ry of 
sus wait -. ing'with 
sal - va-tion, on 



t=J= 






' | | T .St ^: ■ I 

Christ and Cal-va - ry, I found new life e - ter - nal, Since Je -sus walks with 
grace so full and free, And now my road is bright -er, Since Je -sus walks with 
cm - el Cal- va - ry , And now I am re - joic - ing, Since Je - sus walks with 



-■- 



*cfc 



£: 






E=M=E=t=Et=t— t=j 

is- 



t*-U»-¥ 



Chorus 






r~ r— r— r- L ts— p- 



:a=t=Q^ = . ; 



-I 1 — 




Corjri»ht 1947 by James D. Vatasbu Music Poblieber. in "Perfect Hearts 



m±±: 



Jesus Walks With Me 



-z^jb.^^T" ^ . * "/-fc 



^£ 



=&: 



--h-r-£— 



^_q_ 



i 



y t? |/ u i? ■ • " ' i y i 

hap - py eachnight and day,each night and day; The rag -ing storms in 

Racing storms 






=ft 



1 



/m9~2 — *— F*l *— aJ si 5 a! L — r-P S— 3 "3 

•; VT ^ ■ ib )■ 

Hf ^ i p i 

fa-ry, may my path-way blast, But my Lord 
now 

^Et=z=tt3==fc=:fcz:iz=t:=±==:z=E=:==:fe===^=i=fc==i:=== fczzzrzd 



dis-pe!s my 
Pre-cious Lord dis 



P i> 



r 



r 




:^=z*-EI:z=st 



3E 



=± 



V v 
fear, 
pels my 



•% — * *.- 

tt 

No. 79. 

A. Reed. 



_ __ - w - _ w . .g. fM , 9 

J r i> ' i> i 

For He walks with me all the way, all the way. 
'ry fear, 

— 1 j» F* pi 1» [» 1 X r-V— « 3 »— 



P I 

Holy Ghost With Light Divine 

GOTTSCHALK. 




1. Ho - ly Ghost, mih light di - vine, Shine up -on this heart of mine; 

2. Ho - ly Ghost, with pow'r di- vineXleansethisguiit - y heart of mine; 

3. Ho - ly Ghost, with joy di- vine, Cheer this sad-dened heart of mine; 

4. Ho - ly Spir - it, all di- vine, Dwell with -in this heart of mine; 



> 



-J 



m==^ 



* v 4 A 



i — r 



iium 




i 



I 



Ha 



% 



^=s? 



s=* 



p 



t 



Chase the shades of night a - way, Turn my davk -ness in - 

Long hath sin with -out con-trol, Held do - min - ion o'er 

Bid my ma - ny woes de-part, Heal my wound- ed,bleed- 

Cast down ev - *iy i • die throne, Reign su-preme, and reign 



to day. 

my soui. 
ing heart, 
a - lone. 



m 



^^^frf 



lppplp§*lii 



M 



-iv- m — 



No. 80. 

R.B. 



I'm Happy in the Lord 



Ranee Berkley 




1. When my Sav-iour came to me, aud from sia He set 

2. Now for Him I'm liv - ing right, walk-ing in His shin- 

3. I'm so hap-py in my Lord,trust-ing in His Ho • 



me free, It to 

ing Light, For He 
ly word, Knowing 

-»- -0- -0- S 




me was one e - ter -nal hap - py day; I was filled 
saves and fills me with His per -feet love; That is why 
He will keep me till I reach the goal; Then with Him 



with ioy di -vine 
I'm hap- py now, 
I'll ev - er be 



*=P 



i_-£ 






t—t 



V=$ 



V=t~ 



— +W « a u— hd- 



-o- -0- •#- -#- -#- 



run - ning thru this soul of mine, I'm so glad He took 

with His hand up - on my brow, I will fol -low Him 

thru - out all e - ter - ni - ty In that hap - py land, 

K. -0- -0- 0- 



§g^g 



y- 



fe£3 



:£=t 






my sins all a - 
to heav -en a - 
the home of the 

-t— ►- 

•i6 fe_ 



C E l __u 



zpzzfczzi 



1— y y- 



Chorus. 



tf~&- -3- -». 



£ 



£e5EEEEIE^ 



1 



way. 
bove. 
soul. 



U b P P 

I'm hap-py in the Lord, 



E Fpj 



p 

u 

all the live-long 



Hap-py in the Lord, 



it 



_ -£- -*z_z*z—!L: it" ,: ; , , 



ite ^?^ 



_& E5— ^ — p — &— =1 — 

-a< * ; - * g - 1 



'ft 



._>: 
^U 



day, 

all the live-long day, 

.0. -0. -F- -|«- -». 



b fc> p 

And serv -ing in the field 



. »_ 



in the 



feo^S=^=3= 



-s— : 



Scrv-ing in the field 

- 5 — HA Vk- — ft — *— 



Copyright l$47.b7 Junea O. Vraj'na, Made Pablishoc. in "Perfect HeiKta" 




good old way; 

in the good old way; 

•m- -m- -A- -*- •#- 

-tl_-t-_-t-_-t-_tl 
-i 1 1 1 1 — 

t« — ■ — ■ — u- 



I'm Happy in the Lord 

I'm read-y, when He calls 



is 



Bead - y, when He oalb 

__ -P 1 - -■- -P- -l*- -fr 



Si=E?==^3 



zp45==T5: 



m tm ^ Zl *^ 



r-* 



c " n 

will take my stand, 

I will take my stand, 
-A- -A- •*- -»- -A- 

._ -|:-__t:-__f -_ l-ti—'k- 

— a & — i 1 & — 



b b b p 

And read - y now to 



->— fc- 






_- b__^ — &_&--&- 



- J^E^Efe^ES 



go to the glo - ry land. 

Eead-y now to go to the glo - ry land, the hap -py glo - ry land. 

£ 14 u, 1 Sir Ik 1 1— 1 1 \-&- ?P— 



1 



T" ^ — tr 



r 



No. 81. 

Chas. W. V. 



Be Silent 






Chas. W. Vaughan 






1. Be si - lent, be si - lent And wor-ship, the 



•ter is here; 



— *r- c — F == ^ — c i — t — ^ i — t|= — • — F^F— ht ^p J 3 



&=tt 






*=±3 



-m — — <s» J- 



t ^" 



:g=a 



iSpztsz 



-t— 4- 

H — ;#- 



52 



:q=p|: 



Be si - lent, be si - lent And lis - ten, The Mas -ter is here. 

» A AAA '■- -1^- ■•* «i^ 1^ I 



u 1 — ^ — * 1 L l 1- 



r — r 



=R 



Oepniibt. IMC. by Juiei D. Vaoabu. ltuatc pobllihor, in "Sllv«r Tranptt. 



No. 82. 

W.B.Waibert 



He Set Me Free 



Leon T Chism 






1. I once was bound 

2. No more in sin 

3. I'm feast»ing now 



fcjjl 



ferf 



p3E 






£ 



— # 

by chains of sin, 
my foot-steps roam, 
np - on the love 






i 



&— -|SZZZJ5=5 
t? 1? b 



^PPPP 




K-f— === 






•aeHsH 



«j 



No peace had I, 
My sail \i set 
Of Him who reigns 



no joy with - in 
forborne, sweet home; 
in heav'n a - bore; 



-X P- 



£=P=P=£ 



± 



^ 



feM 



$=£ 



^^^^ 



f-j— ' 



=£^= 



:=z=«j= 



The way was dark, 
The world has lost, 
And some aweet day, 

-A 



-ft- -A- 



I could not see, 
its charms for me 
thro sav-ing grace, 



3=fe=EBF=3=£ 



P 



4£ 

IF 



ME 



: E=h 



£=£ 



rz3 



M=_- 



E 



— 4— V&- 



iWMlii 






Bet praise the Lord, 
Since Christ has saved 
I'll look up - on 



51-=- 



R-irV-£ : 



:P 



He set roe free, He set 

and made me free, and made 
Hissmil-ing face, his smil 

a- -*• -a- -a- -a- » (■■• -a- n n 



me free, 
me free, 
ing face 



;£ 



r= 



m 



Cecbus. 



Ifc^^^^i 



_4> — fc- 



±2r-* — "- 






From sin and shame He lift 

From sia and shame He lift - ed me, 

> J- -ft- — 



ed me, 




I p v^ 



CoE7rfffct. 18*7. by Jarau D. Vinehui. Ugilc Pabliahtr. In ".Perfect Eeartii" 






He Set Me Free 



He broke the chains 



1*_ 

and set me free; 



Ho broke the chains 



and set me free; 

zzac 




yfefcri 



-,_ «_ p^: 1|__ Jl_ gzz±zpzb^_5 



I'll sing of His re- deem-ing grace, 

I'll sing of His re -deem-ing grace, 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- 

t? — t? — t- - 



55= 



*W_ J *i 




>- — " -s. f\ N 






Un-til I 



_H 3EEEEE^SE5fe 
l> b p 



p p u 

see Eira face to face. 

Un -til I see Him face to face, yes, faee to face. 

+. -*. .*. _ 4 _ v " . ; * h h j> j> ^ 



pzihzzlzz — p — p~h— b— j3=U==P==4x =:Fa 



fi 



dr=! 



No. 83 



Samuel Francis SMITH 



America 



Henry Carey 






1. My country 'tis of the9,Sffeoiland of Iib»er-ty, Of thee I sing; land rch/rfl my 

2. My native country the9 9 Larjd of the no-blefree,ThynameI io?e; I love thy 

3. Lei ma-siesTve!! the broese.And ring from all the traea, Sweat free-doai's so«g; Let mortal 

4. Ourla-ttor's God! to thee, Author of lib-er-ty, To Thes we Eing ; Long a*j our 



ti, 



p L i — p— t^ 1 — J — H i fr -i-i — i — r T~J — -=» 




fa=thers died. tend of the Pi'gria'3 witto, From ev-'ry moujlaineioleLet fTecdomriag. 
roeksandnlle,7.£ynofdssBdton!-pi( , dhins,I!jheajftwith lap-turstfcritkLike that a-bove. 
tongues awake/Let all that breiitbo jartatj,Let r(ieks weir ?i-lence break, T&3 sound prolong, 
land ba bright With freedom's ho -Jy light, Protect U3 by Thy might, Great God,our King. 



-r 2 --*- -ft- -»- -9- -B- -fl^-0- -»- -<*- ■ s -»--4 J -f>± -&• -&■ J-S- -#- . 



-h-p-l- 



No. 84. 

Byrant Johnson 



Going to That City 



Mrs. Opal Orr 



SS 



tr=£=$: 



E ft 1 



ft=ft 



■=fe 



w 



U"- 



=g=i=§« 



£Ep£E3 



^ 



^ 



*=£= 



— *=■ 



1. I am go- ing home to that e - ter - nal Cit - y, built for us in 

2. Glo - ry be to God, I've made my prep - a - ra - tion for that meet-ing 

3. Come a -long my broth-er, if you want to go.there'snot a mo-ment 

.Jk Jk. Jk, .k. >_ 

* — A * *~ * ^ — r ' p 1 ! p f— r* * *" 



wsm 






I 



£S=3=F3== 



S3 



I 



tet 



ffc 



$=£ 






-— ft* 



heav'n a - bove; Sin-ner, if you want to go and live there with me, 

in the sky; Kead-y now to go and join that hap - py num-ber, 

to de - lay; Ma -ny friends and loved ones in that Ho - ly Cit - y, 

-k- J>- 

"62j 



l^iPi 



:t=t 



I Is |-k k fc k k k— 1 



U U P 5 



Chorus. 




You must trust the Sav-iour's love. 
Wait - ing in that home on high. 
Wait your com - ing some sweet day. 



Je - sus now is there pre* 



fcp U — ta= — ^ — | £ 



mm 



%=f 



l 



tit 



B 



$=£=* 



A — : -i — 3 — - 



tflzzg^ 



t=3=3b 



par - ing us a man- sion, but He's com -ing back a gain, 

.k- .k. .k. -k- J>- 



ffi^^^|=^|^^^pEEEE 



sr 



a 






^r'^^ b ^^T^- , - , 



Com-ingback to take us to that Ho - ly Cit - y ev - er - more with 



m 



I 



:E: 



Copyright 1947 by Jamet D. V.ogh.r Maele Pnblilher, In "Perfect Hearts. " 



P~ p— trlr 



Going to That City 



S? — jj3 — 3— 1 <^ 

Him to reign; 



When we meet to - geth - er on that hap - py morning, 

B^^=ztz=^=§-Ez=z====r:=zi!z^izz:[!z:E^~- 
c Hr— * — »— Ft — ~-Y-< — » — f 1 — * — F — F— -F 



=R=f=* 



$=* 



* 



£=fe=i=S3 



E#= 



glo - ry will be ours to share, 



!te 



S^E 



? L-* £ ==£== 



£=£ 



and hal - le - In - jahs 

'" A 1 

i a 



■* — ha ■■* 



c 



S 



^Ejfe^fefe^FPfl 



B 



will ring oat for • ev - er, in that Ho 

— = £M-£- 



m 3 ^ 



W* 



I 






est 

-*- 

-f- 

zfc 



• y fair. 



*s 



No. 85. How Sweet the Name of Jesus Sounds 



John Newton 






Rev. Thomas Eastings 



^h 



=t 



=t 



:4z|jz 



Y-'-zi — #--z 



3RI 

1. Howaweet the name of Je - sus sounds, In a be-liev-er's ear! It soothes his 

2. It makes tha wounded spir- it wkolu,AndcaImsibe trcu-bledfcr«E3t;'Tismaii-fla 

3 . By Him my pray'rs ac- cept-ance gain , Al-tho ' with eiu de - filed , Sa - tan ac- 

I . pi 






sorrows, hoa! his wends, And driYes a -way his fear, And drives a- way bis fa3r. 
to the hun-^ry soul, And to the wea-ry rest, And to the wea-ry rest. 
cus-es me m vain, And I am owned a child, And I am owned a child. 



gztezz^Ei=zzz£ & z_ '— E£zzfzK»zzjbr£= EEb^H^zzEzfe 

w- i i r r r 



No. 86. That is Why 1 Love to Sing 



Adger M. Pace 



A. 0. Hargett 






b " F 

1. There is glo -ry _ in my soul to - day since the Saviourtookmysins a - way, 

2. Oh, it is a joy to fol-low on in the bless -ed way the saints have gone, 

3. Greater glo -ry lies for me a -head, meeting with the ones whom I have led, 
-•- -#- . -#- -m- -»- 0- -0- 






D P P P~ 



That is why I love to sing and shout the whole day long,the whole daylong; 



-b— tl — ft — b 



For Hegaveto me the vie - to -ry,mak-ing me so hap -py,glad and free, 
Giv - ing to the world a word of cheer ,help-ing them to seek the Sav-iour dear, 
And to be with them for-ev -er there will be glo - ry far be - yond compare, 

ct— £-1^—?— "£-£,♦—►— ♦— *— f— h— f— f--:£— Jh — ► — |k — »> — ♦-, 

^ p— p— p— p— 



} H-hai ■ ah- 






-rzsi — a~ i 

P P fTf f 7 

That is why I love to sing and shoutthe whole day long, the whole day long. 






=t{==^=^^= = E= F ^4^z: 1 



*==* 



P— XT- b~ 



-bs- 



i 



Chorus. 



-q— S- 



rR^? 



-e— E h h 



-g— s- 



4W$ 



— ^ 



^^p 



— j p^i 



Oh, that is why I love to sing, 

Oh, that is why I love to sing, 

•#- •#- -P- +•■' 



feE 



■#- •#- -F - - j- - 



:1- 



£=P 



CepTriiht. 1M7. by Jmne. D. Vnibu, Mnle Pabli.b.r. la "Fatfactlkaite." 



That is Why I Love to Sing 



'j P -•- 



And makes the bal 



lt~ J p p p p p p 



-s — 






le - lu - jahs ring; 
And make the bal - le - lu - jahs ring, for - ev - er ring; 

14 -a 14 A i_ B 14 — LI _J ( 1 

g=z p=p=p=:pz=:gz=p= pzz^=^=z 



1 







I love to stand 



a -gainst the wrong, 



P=H 



^- ^1— X — 



I love to stand 

-•- -•- ••- -0- 

-i 1 1 1 



a - gainst the wrong, 



■^=^—^—^--9- 






:3=z5=:p: 






£3=^ 



^i-E^EjEfejE^ 



LZ3 



And sing and shout 



the whole day long. 



r * t 



And sing and shout the whole day long, the whole day long. 



%=9=§= 



^. .,. ... . # h h 

F=i4=*=*==i=t=rf=F£rfz: 



J^J- 



No. 87. 

Fanny J.Crosby 



Pass Me Not 




jj& 



W. H. Doane 



JMl-tr- 



i— L ^— <s i -'-#— « — • — #— L s?- — L o- — o — — B* — • 



1. Passme not, O gen-tle Saviour, Hear my humble cry; While on oth-era 

2. Let me at athroneof mer-cy,Find a sweet re-lief; Kneel-ing there in 

3. Trusting on -ly in Thy mer -it, Would I seekThyface: Heal my wounded 

4. Thouthe spring of • aU my comfort, Morethanlife to me; Whom have I on 



*- — a- 



i^fe=E^£^E:tE 



W&. 



^zgz=pz=^=tp=|s=bt^=p 






-Jk~- *r 




' . Fine. Chords 



L # 0—0 j-L i- Li 






D.S While on oth-er9 



F=1= 



■0J-& 



•j "* -€>i- — - - - i _^. 

D.S.Thouartcall-ing,Donotpassme by. 

deep con-tri-tioa. Helpmy un-be-lief . Sav-iour, Sav - iour, hear my humble cry; 

bro- ken spir - it , Save me by Thv grace. 

earth be-side Thee?Whom in hcav'a but Thee ? 



No. 88. 



Praise Him for Love Divine 



Rev. Rupert Cravens 



H. H. McDonald 



2=rf:zfc£:=rrt=rj: 



m 



4=2: 



jfi=S:=± 



:£=: 



-ft 



t*^^* 1 



1. Love di - vine has been my sto - ry, sto - ry, Since I met the King of 

2. Per-fect love my soul is keep-ing, keep-ing.Rich - es oi His grace I'm 

£_. fc—l — ».— -«- — « 4-a, — m fc f*_bk~, 









BEEEEE^ 






t=J 



-A 

glo - ry,glo- ry, He has gent-ly led me, on His man-na fed me, 
reap- ing,reap-ing, Sin did once a -bound,but grace doth more a - bound, I 



g^ 



-— r « — f — « — P — « — «— r *— Sk — |i_Jf"-Jr_«__ 



FriTT -fr^-H*?* 



t) -a- -■- -■- -■• r '•_> 

Giv-ing me His grace so strong. and might-y;Bro- ben are the chains that 
feel the fnll-ness of His love, so pre-cious;In my heart the Spir - it, 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- 



£|k |t fc k 1 h-"— r F~ -I 1 F — r t- £ H 1 t- "t — , 



£=l 



«E£ 



5=5: 



bj=*i=i±^-z2: 



& 



*r=t 



rf=ifc 



fEBE*=z=^-tHfc3=:*=z: 

A— L A A ■ -h 



boundme, bound me,Angels of His love surround me, 'round rnejn His greatsal- 
dwell-ing, dwelling, Keeps me of sal - va-tion tell-ing, tell- ing, Gone the in -ward 
:*.: — tye. bf*. ... :£ :*.: :£ #. 

Sg=zj=z ^= Ep=pz=Urzp=£===z:Ez=zzz==gzzt:=: F-^-- J g =£= 



t- 




l-Avm i-Z — -._ — i- a _ — a — J 



Tr 



va - tion, I'm a new ere 



a - tion, filled with song. 

filled with glad and hap - py song, 
strife, I have a - bun- dant life from Christ a - bove. 

Christ my pre-cious Friend a -bove. 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- 

-lr ir tr tr b~ ^ 1 



_— — fc k r | 1 1 1 1 F-nBk — * — P* k — r* * * — V 



-i — i- 

Copyright 1947, by James D. Vaaehan, Maeic Publisher, in "Perfect Hearts. 



CHOKUt 



Praise Him for Love Divine 




Oh, praise the Lord for love dl- vine, In- to nly 

Praise the Lord for precious love di- vine, 

m v. __3 S__ _4 f— •F- r *-— ^ — *-- ^ g -x 

Is — h~r,'A. a 1 






ig 



^ 



— b *— -% F& zzz *=nJzzizzE # — * — ♦— * i 



heart its Heht doth shine; . It is the gift of heaven's bless-ed 

In my heart its light doth brightly shine; 

1 * i * ~T f* , ~ * ' '- ~ f aH-^-rF— £'-- £— *— *- 



sk p-p^^h-p ■— ft f p p v I 

Ho - ly Dove, And it will guide me to my home a-bove,my home a-bove. 
Heay-en's Ho-ly Dove, 

It ai 1 £ — k-r™ — h — " — t" — t — r— r"- 

SI 






B^Spgs E 



No. 89. 

FAWCETT. 



Blest Be the Tie 



: tC^ -> U- 



Hans Gedrg Nageli. 



B^ 



S 



fefP 



SE 



1. Blest be 

2. Be - fore 

3. We share 

4. When we 



^F^ fer 1 "^ 



the tie that binds Our hearts 

our Fa • ther's throne We pour 

our mu - tual woes, Our mu 

a - sun - der part, It gives 



s 



I 



;glE* 



in Chris - tian love; 
our ar - dent pray 's; 
tual bur - dens bear; 
us in - ward pain; 



J£ 



Et 



± 



t=t= 



tec 



spl 



*; 



till 



Z3t 



L Pv"- 



J 



The 
Our 
Anrt 
But 



fel - 
fears, 
oft - 
we 






^J 



low-ship of kin 
our hopes, our aims 
en for each oth - 
shall still be joined 
. j -#- r -#- 



dred minds 
are one, 
er flows 
in heart, 

-h— *—t — * 



f 



Ff 5 - 

r- 



Is like to that a-bove. 
Our com - forts and our cares. 
The sym - pa-thiz - ing tear. 
And hope to meet a-gain. 

k \ -0- -P- -9- I . 

— N-r# 1 — i ♦ — ^ 



:c: 



m 



No. 90. 

T.H.B. 



I'll Meet You In Heaven 



Tim H. Erooks 



t> -§-*-!- fig- •=•■ ^ -3- ■ -*- -2- -* 



* * -S- tip- •*■ *"-*)- - -* -«f- 

1. On earth there is saf - f'riagand sor-row And heart-aches wber-ev- er we 

2. The j<rjr-ney is rough and ex-tend - ed, The path-way is strown with des- 

3. The riv - er of life there is flow -ing } The gates are of pearl I am 






> A- 



-• — b — b— fc— F ; — p— [-— r^"" 1 ^ — f*"^' — ^-"fe — 




roam; But out in the land of to-mor-row, Our Lord has pre* 
pair; Bat when dis - ap -pr>int-ments have end -ed, We'll meet in that 
told; The light of the Cit - y is glow-ing, The streets are all 



£z> a — l-A a — IXTZ-A a a^Ca-l f—FF 9 A 

■t3t—$~ l $—$—$—t> — t? — t>— \*H* — r~ ^— ^ — & — 

m s Chorus 



I'll meet 



you in heav 



nr 



en, 



pared us a home. 

Cit - y four -square. 

paved with pure gold. I'll meet you in heav - en, in bean - ti • ful heav-en, 

tuP JUJJLK 






) Lj^i — ^ 1^ L A 



fcfR 







With friends who have gone on be-fore, with Je - sus our 

With friends who ha?* gone on, hare gone on be -fore, with Je-sus our Sav-iour, our 



-k- -k- 



££^j£££*^ 



z5Ec=^=:fc— fc=fc=E===*=:t= :*: 

- L h— M — h — h — h — h— L .*-r .* — .*— L *'. 






=£ 



h 






ifcis: 



-H — 1 " £ 



£=£:=:£=::£ 



iq: 



_q — si — q_ u_ 
-^- -^- -*- F 



p p T> i, 

Sav - iour, Up there on that beau - ti - ful shore; 

won-der - ful Sav - iour, beau - ti -ful, shore; 

»#-a ' p — a — a a i> - 



-p- 

: P P P P P P P~ 

Coovricbt, I947.br James D. Vaajhan. Manic Publisher, in ".Perfect Hearts' - 



1= 



I'll Meet You in Heaven 




B *- 'i' « 



==^Hpi 



P" p f - -"- 

We'll sing with the an 

We'll sing with the an -gels, with all the bright an -gels 



f 



« — «... 

gels That won - der - f nl 




-A It Ui — L A i 

.a p i ]> — -^ p g i> i 






5 f 



g — g — » — — ir — M — B ^^ — 5 ~ 



* 



sto - ry of love, And wor-ship the King in His 

the sto - ry of love, 

-fc- h h h I ^ -•*' ■*«- -*=- "*- 

- - — ri P £ 1? — P~ 



'zk=k=P; 



tP — t? — — tP~ 



r± 



V 



P P f 



glo - ry, In heav - en our home up a- bove. 

Mar - vel-ous glo - ry, our sweet home up a - bove, 

\£ff£ ■ — p ^~~rtl — — L" — r — g — — r g "*~ 

— p— p— 



No. 91. 



Just As I Am 



charlotte Elliott. 



WM. B. Bradbury. 






^ 



te 



F 



St 



: i" 



f 



:± 



^gp 



Xi 



1. Just 

2. Just 

3. Just 

4. Just 

5. Just 



as 
as 
as 



am! 
am! 
am! 
am! 
am! 



with-out one plea, But that Thy blood was shed for me, 
and wait - ing not, To rid my soul of one dark blot, 
tho' toss'd a-bout,Withmanya conflict many a doubt, 
poor wretched blind, Sight, rich -es, heal-ing of the mind, 
Thou wilt receive, Wilt welcome, pardon, cleanse, relieve; 

«■ ■ J Ad 







And that Thoubidd'sk me come to Thee, Lamb of Godl 
To Thee whose blood cancleanso each spot, Lamb of God! 
With fears with-in and foes with-out, Lamb of God! 
Yea, all I need in Thee to find, Lamb of God! 
Be - cause Thy prom-ise I be-lieve, Lamb of God! 

1 . .i».JTJ^ 



I come! I come! 
I come! I come! 
I come! I come! 
1 come! I come! 
I come! I come! 



A 



&-*- 



m 



m 



£ 



A 



3tzd± 






1= 



1* 



k 



£5 



No. S2. 

Jesse B. Hardin 



Blessed Rock of Ages 



Mrs. Jesse B. Hardin 



■'. D rt 






h N 


h h 








\J, 17 /I K 


5 c 


! ' 1 


■ ■ J P 


J P 


IN 


_j^ 




.- -Dzi 






a— 

«. — — «i — 




-S— F 


-_P_ 

-♦ — 


— ♦— 




-i-gi 


1. In 

2. In 

3. Bless 


the Rock of 
the Rock of 
-ed Rock of 

--A- -if 

-*— r "F— : P- 


a - ges 
a - ges 
a - ges 

-A- -A- 

_!A |&_ 


u A — 

I am hid - 

i3 no dan - 

Thou wilt keep 

-A- -ft- 

.:tz-_-_t-_- r «_ 


ing. 
ger, 
me, 


I am 

is no 
Thou wilt 

— 1 1 — 


-p— F 1 

hid-ing, 
dan -ger, 
keep me, 

-A- -A- 

_t-_r-_, 

^— is-4 


w H74-p- 


=S t 


P 


12 P 


P 12 ■ 


:tz= 


=*= 


=S— I- 


— t2=t2=J 







While the storm - y bil - lows o'er me roll, they o'er me roll; 

N.oth - ing there can ev - er harm the soul, caa harm the soul; 

Till I'm safe with -in the shin -ing goal, the shin - ing goal; 

J=_jt — g _ r * — 1 — «_ 



m^t 



-A- -A- -A- 

_-tz^_ r -ti_1 = : 



:}*:=£: 



E£ 



:t=p = =tp=t2: 



:b: 



* 



*=t 



|S=J^=|^=s=£ 



£=£= fee 



I 



And His love with - in 
In this Rock the saved 
And from Thee no storm 

' -A- -A- -A- 



:fc 



r y 

me is a - bid - ing, is 
will find no stran-ger, find 
can ev - er sweep me, ev 

-A- -A- -A- 



F^ 



-h- 



#E§ 



a - bid - ing, 
no stran - ger, 
er sweep me, 

-A- -A- 

-f_f_ -tr—, 
+— * £=§ 



izrrs: 



EE p — y =:E|zzzf 



:p — t ? g g — ft 



M: 



i 



^=-C-Ji 






=q=£ 



1_ 



"T~r 



3E 



y * p p y r 

He's a Ref -(ref-)uge (uge) for (for) my (my)soul, yes, for my soul. 
While e - ter-(ter-) nal (nal) a- -(a-) ges (ges) roll, the a- ges roll. 
Ho - ly Ref -(ref-)uge (uge) for (for) my (my)soul, yes, for my soul. 




r> h 



JU-1+ 



±t= 



1 



1 



In the Rock of 

In theRock,blessedRockof 



trtr 

a -ges, 
a-ge9, I 



-%— D"~ £ - ^— Mr - ' 



ffid2=ls=|£=± 



M ^ M h f^ f> 



hid - ing, 
am hid - ing,sweet-ly hid-ing, 



In the Rock 






of 



Copyright 1947 by Jomoa D.Vanehan Music Publisher, in "Perfect Hearts. 



Blessed Rock of Ages 



" — ♦ — s — 3 — | — ♦ — 2"™— 



9=§: 



1 



'Tis a Re! -age and a com-fort to my soul, un - to my soul; 



-A- -*- -*- 



SEp— t2=bz=b=p— P=P=P=P=?zzE=S=i=zzz^[^Lzz1 

P I M P l' "f> 



fo — h z— at: 



p 






-al — afc rai- 



zzzzzszri 

bic 
a - bic 

§3#j^ ==^-=Erzfe N^fe^ 



It , 13 here 1 am a bid -ing, 

It is here with my Sav-iour I am now a - bid -ing,I'm a-bid-ing, 



It is here 



bid - ing, 




"3T 

I 



While the bil 
While the 

... :±: 1 



- lows round me 
bil - lows round 



J> *1 






£= 






p p 

roll, 
me roll, a -round me roll. 

_h h h h h i 



A^ 



No. 93. 

Mrs. Margaret M. Kay 

z£zzDzz£:f>- 




£z— zzzfcjz 

Asleep in Jesus 

i— f>— T-- 



W. B. Bradbury 

ft 



i^^i^itp 



:fc 



1. A-sleep in Je -sus! bless -ed sleep, From vvhichnone ev - er wake to weep! 

2. A-sleep in Je-susl O how sweet. To be for such a slum-ber meet! 

3. A-sleep in Je-susl peaceful rest, Whose wak- ing is sn-preme-ly blest! 

4. A-sleep in Je-susl for me May such a bliss- ful ref-uge be! 




z=B=f i— :i— i — tzzpiE 

i 9 g> — j-© 19 p 1^ Li 

'"Tin — r— p— p- Lp= 



rir-^^=tet 



■|-H *> ^ 1 \~+i 1 - 

• L * * A 4 — L A 4 ail- 



dt 



e 






A calm and nn - dis-turbed re-pose,Un-brok-en by the last of foes. 
Withho-ly con - fi - dence to 6ing That death has lost its venomedsting. 
No fear, no woe, shall dim that hour That man - i -fests the Saviour's pow'r. 
Se-cure-ly shall my ash - es lie, Wait-ing the summons from on high. 

B » — fci- 



g^?=?=^=#=r^ 



przpztl: 



-?— P" 







No. 94. 

Betty Thomas and L. M. 



No Sorrow Up in Heaven 



Luther Morgan 

____ _*u_ ___- ■.£. __«,_ __ 



:E_ 



_* 



.$.-. -#_ .«. _*. ' -*. .4*- -«. -*. ^. 

1. I am go - ing - ver yon-der to that home-land of the soul, 

2. Guid-ed by His Ho -ly spir-it, I'll go up the shin - ing way, 

3. Oh, my broth-er, come go with me to that home of peace and love, 



______ — & — ^ — 1 ,& — & — & — 4 — . ± — — _- 

_^44=i_=fc^^^ 

*P\r4-b — 1_— his j- — Is — 1£ — g — jg — _ — k— % j- E fr 

p'. p p p p. P P P P P P P p 




S 



And I'll not be lone - some on the way, the glo - ry way; 
Sing - ing, shout- ing as I go a - long, I go a - long; 
Wherewith Je - bus we shall live and reign, we'll live and reign; 

h * . ^ I 

-a _» A — !£_ — :£: 5" ^ 4 — 41 a r- g a B a 



_fej_____E__i__E___E___E 



:^-~t:: 



£ 



nni 






For my Sav-iour will go with me, and will guide me to the goal, 
Prais-ing Him who died to save me, ev - 'ry honr of ev -'ry day, 
Therewithal! our friends and loved ones in that glo - ry land a - bove, 



Isl 



:p=±fc 



p p p, p 

_^_j_z_j__zp * f. 

_ , g L, h h 



:J___te__r! 
P P P P 



A _ 



fc__t_ 



P P P 
p « 



CTsa 



:z_: 



y 



In that hap - py land of 

In a hap - py hal - le 

We shall live and nev - er part a 

% 9=-p-=^=P~= 



per - feet day, of per - feet day. 
lu - jah song, a hap - py song, 
gain, ne'er, part a - gain. 



— e ^ r .fr__fr — Eh.fr- 



:p=t=|_ 



7 s * 



Chorus. 



35 



ij. Lg, ^ ^ 1 1 — _| _). 

LJ I LP -•- Jn^- -♦- 

No sor-row, up in heav-en, 

Oh, there will be no sin nor sor-row up in heav-en, 

.Jl — f,— -^— -fr 



-*|— * 



1 



{— P~- P p_ P p ~ P~ £~ p f" 

Copyright. 1947. by James D. Va-trhan, — noic Publisher, In "Perfect Heart-." 



3* =— 



No Sorrow Up in Heaven 



■ ft-ftE :— r — J — — ~f>— — f ^-rg-'^^-^^r^^^rj 

g> c — ^ # — . ■_r_^_______-^ — i 



Place of sweet 

'Tib a place of sweet de 



de - light; 

light, of sweet de - light; 



HH^p 




|- 



Great glo -ry, 

Where all the saints a crown of glo - rv shall be giv • en, 



shall be giv -en, 

J> h h ft 



Sfelll^llSjillSPi 



Sun 
And the sun is 



al - ways bright. 
al - ways bright, is 



al - ways bright. 



fi^sat 






:t=z = t===bp3 



No. 95. 

E. A. H. 



Enough for Me 



Rev. E. A. Hoffman. 



i 



i 



f 



* 



1, love sur • 
1. won • der 
3. blood of 



W A 



pass ■ ing knowledge! 
- ful sal • va - tionl 
Christ, so pre ■ cious, 

=3te 



O grace, 
From sin 
Poured out 



so full 
He makes 
on Cal 



£ 



and free! 
me free! 
va 



% 



E 



M 



=£ 



Cho. And that's e ■ nough for me, 



that's e • nough for me; 
D.C, 



I 



m 



And that's 
And that's 
And that's 



77 

for me. 
for me- 
for me. 



I know that 
I feel the 
I feel its 



m 



£ 



Je - sus saves me, 

sweet as - sur - ance, 

cleansing pow • er, 



45 



■* 9 

e - nough 
e - nough 
e - nough 

♦ * — 



£ 



1 



^ 



— y 1— 

I know that Je - sus saves me, And that's e - nough for me. 



No. 96. I'll Dry Away Niy Tears 



B. F. and Adger M. Pace 



Byron Faust 



|f ^5— C « • • • <* ^— H-— H_— -#-C«|— "J— ^— ^— ^— #^-3 



1. There's ma- ny a tronb-le comes to me, tlwre's ma-ny a cross to bear, 

2. Whiletrav-el -ing thrn this wea- ry world of troub-le, it makesmecry, 
3.1 want to be faith-ful to my Lord in do - ing His blest command' 



rT< - — -j— 4 — r ± a ± A * — p* at at * ±-=--1 

i^ ^ ^ u p u^b p p p ? r 

£2 — -3— « — •- — • •— I* — *— £*- J t^ — * — * — ^ — "« — * 

Howheav-y my sor- rows here may be, my neigh-bors don't seem to care; 
It seems that my friends don 'tun-der-stand. and of - ten they pass me by: 
I want to be true to Him each day ,that oth - ers may un-der-stand; 



r A — ± — a — ' a— -T- — a - 

P t> P 






•r 



fr^F^*^^^=^=4^^ 






^ 



There's ma-ny a heart-ache by my side, there's ma-ny a cause to cry, 
But then I can go to Christ my Lord. and car - ry my load of grief, 
I want to walk clos - er to His side. .make brighter somepath that's dim, 

_ _ — _ A A— ^-A A — —- * — r-A A A A A*--. 

p tf - P P ;u- p ■ y P 







:*=:.£= 






i 



But soon I shall leave them all be-hind, to troub-le I'll say good -by. 
He un - der-stands all, oh, bless His name, in Him I can find re -lief. 
I want to be al - ways at my best, in lead-ing lost souls to Him. 

-t=|i |t ± ^=±_l p P U P P — IE- 










££=6=*=tete&. 




Copyright. 1M7. br Jamas D. Vauehan. Manic Publisher, in "Perfect llearti. 



I'll Dry Away My Tears 



r * — a * — -12 — I * — B 1 1 r * * 



r tears will i 



And sail a - way home where bit-ter tears will nev - er-more dim the eye; 

=IEj 



-3-:^ 



M=t 



-z=«f: 



r 






p^F : 



I'll bid fare-well to ev - 'ry fear, 

I'll bid fare-well, I'll bid fare-well to ev-'ryfear, 

■JL* 



_. , A A , 4 — 14 . ^ A A m ± — -■ 



e^^fe^^s^y 



3 -n*=*: 



And when I get home with all the blest, to troub-le I'll say good -by. 



=*=*==4j: *- ^ _ 



:t^t— t— r_" 



*- >- -•- 



P s> b u 

My Faith Looks Up to Thee 



No. 97. 

Ray Palmer. 

cSd£ 



Lowell Mason. 



£# 



* 



S 



* 



§ 



1. My faith looks up to Thee,Thoa Lamb of Cal-va-ry, Saviour Divine; Nowuearme 

2. May Thy rich grace impart Strength to my faint-ing heart, My zeal in-spire ; As Thou hast 

3. While life's dark maze 1 tread And griefs around me spread, Be Thou my Guide; Bid darkness 

»• & , £? m 9, 9-0 f? ,.&. 0M L . & , f > ~ [~ " ~ t~ 



fife 



mr2r 



$>r- 



& 



r rrp r 



^ ©"- 



^MU\^ 



& 



^a* 



5 



W 



i — 

while I pray, Take all my sins a - way, let me from this day Be whol - ly Thinel 
died for me, Omaymyloveto Thee, Pare, warm and changeless be A liv -ing fire, 
turn to-day, Wipe sorrow's tears away, Nor let me ev-er stray From Thee a - side. 

M 



m 



k jg 1 ja * 1 1 £: j 



i — 1> 



zt |a L 



P=tF 



I 



F 



No. 98. 

W. E. H. 



Go to Jesus With it AH 



W. E, Hinton 






1. If yoa ev - er feel dis- cour-aged, and it seemsyour friends are few, 

2. When your bur-dens here are heav - y, and they seem to hold you down, 

3. Broth-er,there is not an - oth -er such a Friendas Christ our Lord, 



p P p P p P P I I 



}!U^ _, -_| 1 1 1 , Al 1 J 1 1 A A\ 1 1 —J— | 



Whenyoursky is o- ver -shad-owed, and you need a friend that's true; 

And the temp-ter in his fu - ry, tries to take a - way your crown; 

He has pow'r to save and beep us, and our la - bor to re -ward; 

fe b b k r> h -♦. i 



%m 



-p=p=p=g=-p=t== 



4=6=6=6- 






ft 



■to 



:t=: 



^ 



t5zz^zzc^r:^ = ^ = ^z=^=^=r: 



If — Jr^ -J— J^-J-t—i— i~^— ^— M— m— *— m— 1=3? 



Go to Je - sus in your pray-ing, Pray your troub-les all a - way, 
Has -ten un - to Je - sus, broth- er, Has -ten now, and don't de -lay, 
That is why we all should love Him, Trust Him all a - long the way, 

sEt=t=t=t==E*==EESg=g=g:=g— e~e=E=3 

b tf b tf p p p i I 

4 



r^-t* 1 — r~t 1 1 1 :--■* i T _ Lh 1 *i 4 « 1 z ^— I 

g- -*-t^— •— ^— •— • •— c * — ^— til— 3-— * — ^— :^-- 3 

Ask- ing Him to guide you,broth-er, He's a faith - ful Guide and stay. 
Tell Him all a - bout your troub-les, He will take them all a - way. 
Till we reach our home in heav -en, In that land of per - feet day. 

b ft & .6 r> f 






Chorus. 



ss — -j^ .Jr~" — :♦" * — ^ — "* — ^ — ^ — ^ — *^Z*i 

i go to 

-Fu-— H 



Go to Je - sus, go to Him with-out de - lay, 

Oh, go to Je - sus, 

£^==|c=|i==|i=|KZ= ^tsiz:Fu = H=U = H = zp^z:pz=^; 
P P P I; I 



Copyright 1947 by Jamea D.Vaaffhan Music Publisher, in "Perfect Hearts. 



Go to Jesus With it All 



* •— ^ ^ ^ <* ^ -, <s>— * 




sus, 
sus, 



pray your troub* les all a - way; 



-4 *- 



I 



M 



SEJ 






Keep on trust - ing,when the way is dark to you, 

Just keep on trust - ing, 

-j2»-t 



M- 



:t=zt=rt: 
:|s=|»=ji: 

P P p 



JMT. 



^=£=£ 



:^EC=R_ 



1 




— i * 1_. 



i=£E$E5=$. 



Nev 



And nev 



er doubt Him, He will see you safe - ly thru, 
er doubt Him, ? 









No. 99. 



Where He Leads Me 




S==£ 



e@ 



fe§ 



*=5 



EE 



^ 



1. I can hear my Sav-iour call 

2. I'll go with Him thru the gar 

3. E3 will give me grace and glo 



-#- -<s>- 

• ing, I can hear my Sav-iour call - ing, 
den, I'll go with Him thru the gar -den, 

• ry, He will give me grace and glo - ry, 



*=-£: 



f^r^-P- 






F-^- 



y- 



u i V p i P I P 

fol - low. Where He leads me I will fol - low, 
ad lib D. C. for Chorus. 



Cho. Where He leads me I will 



J — Cl_1 



£ 



=3 



£=£: 



I 



fc 



fc£ 



3E 



3 



3-3: 



U 



iFff 



#3i 



I can hear my Sav-iour call 
I'll go witn Him thru the gar • 
He will give me grace and glo 



1 



£=fc 



- 1 ' 9 '■- 
■ ing, Take thy cross and f ol-low, fol - low me. 

den , I ; ll go with Him , with Him all the way . 

• ry, And go with me, with me all the way. 



£=£=£ 



^=R 



fc$=ft 



£= 



frs— &■ 



¥ 



£3£ 



5 B E i 



=p= 



tn — p p b . 

will fol - low, I'll go with Him, with Him all the way. 



Where He leads me 



No. 100. When I Reach that Lovely Isle 

Rev. Walter E. Isenhour Herbert E. Pace and Roy L. Johnson 

?f:3=*=i3=^=3 
-4: — 1 -1 — j-i — — 1 — *i 



t%#* 






=t 



3=1 



1. When I reach that love - ly isle where all the saints shall go, 

2. When I reach that love - ly isle with all my bat- ties o'er, 

3. When I reach that love - ly isle my loved ones I shall see, 
-*- 

:t: 




B # __^ .J 

Hal -le - hi - iah. the 



£= 



£=* 



^JE*E?JE| 



sk 



3=J 



■♦- -♦- . -♦ 

le - lu - jah, then I'll smile in robes as white as snow; 

I'll ne'er know an - oth - er tri'l, and sor - row nev - er -more; 

I'll re - joice to see them smile, and know that we are free; 

p b b b 5 b b b U 5 P P 



:-=£=£=^==7!===S=] 



P P 
:=ts=q; 



:===:c45=:55==f5=^=5=l 



p 
I? — f — •— tp» — • — 3.-=5 

Sing re- - demp-tion's sto - ry grand and walk the streets of gold, 
In the pres- ence of the King, my wea -ry sod shall rest, 
Free from all the pains be - low, from heart- aches, cares and sighs, 

f 

A * 




yz=g==rzt= E«== P=rk=J=t==1 
P P P P P P ■ P 

* ^— .3. — tF* — c * • — ; * — :M — -j£ — 3 



Is: 
-p p — p p- 

Know I'm safe in glo - ry land where noth - ing shall grow old. 

Where there'll be no sin to bring dis - turb-ance to my breast. 

And with saints in heav - en know that we have won the prize. 

* h 



,===£=£:=£ 



*t 



:fe=^=*: 
±p.=t=p.: 



:p=fc: 



Chorus. , . 

Zu 5T^ ~T ^~ R — ~ ~~ *l — *i — P^f^ ^— -f — = 

When I reach that isle, heav-en's love - ly 

Reach that isle, heav-en's love - ly 



lp==i 



'£ — =| — I 



t=^ 



=t: 



P P. P P 

Copyright 1B47 br James D. Vuffhan. Mnalc Publisher. In "Perfect Hesrti . 



fe^ 



When I Reach that Lovely Isle 




isle, Out be- yond life's deep roll - ing sea; 

isle, Oat be - yond life's deep roll -ing, roll- ing sea; 






||F*==p-ri: 






1 will sing 






Sing 



and smile, bap 

and smile, hap 



i^g 






:t=t: 



:*=£ 



py all 

py all 



the 



the 



:p: 







|*=?f 



:z_e 



r=^_ 



while, Thereat heav - en's great ju - bi^- lee. 

while,There at heav - en's great. heav-en's ju - bi - lee. 

£- * A — i A ■ * F P s r* 1 1 -I 



#i 



No. 101. 

A. M. TOPUADY. 



Rock of Aces 



:p: 



A— 



te 



ffc=U= 



±t 



*r—#z 



fc 



-4- 



-»hr- 



-b— fh 



&£ 



& 



♦-- 



Thos. Hastings. 

k. Fink 






3= 



1. Eock of a - ges, cleft for ine, Let me hide my - self in Thee; 

2. Not the la - bor of my hands Can ful - fill the law's de-mands; 

3. While I draw this fleet- ing brearh. V^hen my eyes shall close in death; 

.A A^— •— J^ = b CL 



ifte 



m 



t 



¥ 



t=* 



ir-fr 

D.C.Be of sin 

D. C. All for sin 

D. C. Rock of a • 



V \) P " y 

the dou - bie cure. Cleanse me from its guilt and 

could not a-tone, Thou must save and Thou a • 

ges, cleft for me, Let me hide my -self in 

h 



P 



fr-f>— fc 



£ 



* 



£ 



pow'r, 
1 lone. 

Thee. 

D.C. 



£=r^fl 



a 



^ 



£ 



v-^— sf^ 



3= 



Let the wa • 
Could my zeal 
When I soar 

s-r- 1 ^^ — £ — rSi- 



ter and the blood, From Thy wound-ed side which 
no res -pite know, Could my tears for - ev - er 
to worlds un-known. See Thee on Thy judg-ment 



=£ 



£ 



tr-tr-p- 



flowed, 

flow, 

throne, 

IP 



No. 102. 

Rev. G. C. M. 






I'll Fly Away 



:BEi=E?=l: 



=fc 



Rev. G. C. Morris 



ifczti 



ZFS=q=zzpzzp=| 



1. This world of sor-row and care, and bur - dens heav -y to bear, 

2. With Je - bus then I shall be, to live in e - ter - ni - ty, 

3. Re - joic - ing then will be heard, When I shall rise like a bird, 

.A- _A- .A. .A. .A- _A_ .A. A .A. 

:f=?=iFt=ztz=zt=:t=f=t=f-r±=i:t=r=t=q 




Is not my home, It is not my home for ver - y long. Not for ver -y long; 
Seme-where be -yond,It is far be -yond the stars a-bove,all the stars a-bove; 
And fly a - way, I shall fly a- way to peaceandrest,Bl esse dpeace and rest; 



fta 



w 



. -j_g — g 



=t=t=t 



-t-i- 



— N— w— ^i— g — ^=»' 



h* 



=t5==fs: 






-• — •- 



3=|E3EEE 



Si 



£=:* 



¥^£ 



eJ 



*=*=* 



1&E 



§ffi 



Soon I Shall leave all be -hind, to be with Je - bus, and find 

With an - gels, I Bhall a - dore my Sav - iour for - ev - er more, 

There loved ones now for me wait, in -side the beau - ti - ful gate, 

-A. -A. -A. -A. -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- 



m 



t^ 



g^ gt 






P= 



: £=P=P=P— •££=* 



1 1 — Uc^_ 



-A A — 



b tf fc* P u u 



T^L-i- 



"M * 



»— (*— 3p 



A bet-ter place, find a bet-terplace, a land of song, hap-py land ofsong. 
And rev -el in, I shallrev-el in His boundless love, in His boundless lore. 
With all the saved, there with all the saved, the good and blest, all the good and blest 



ISei 



E=tJZZt3zzt2=t2=t2=t2=U=t2= 






f: 



Chorus. 






} -m^^=& 



IS=?Etff 



$=£=* 



SE?3£ 



=t^ 



-» — m^ 



\i 'i b \> U b 



iffia 



®5 



I shall fly a-waj 
I shall fly a-wa] 



I'll fly a -way, I shallfly a- way,ToCanaan'sshore,hap-pyCanaan'sshore, 
Soon I shallfly a -way, To hap-py Canaan's shore, 

-m- -»• -•- •»- -*- 1*- 

— rf — I 1 j-- — ! P-i 



Copyright. 1947. by J« 



i D. V»usrban, Moaic Pablisher. in "Perfect Hearts. ' 



I'll Fly Away 



P^ 



X ^ J=i 



S=f 



=t 



— tr 



Where I shall live, all the saints shall live, For 
Where all the saints shall live, For 



C 5 b D C C 



g 



ev-ermore; 

ev-ermoro,live for-ev-er-more; 



£8% 



=i 



:p=|=0=p-=p=^: 



■i 1 1 — Hr— 1 w — i 1 1 

■I 1 — b-h* — m — * — h—vr-Jtr—t 



fe 11 ? 3 



sp* 



t=t 



:*=:£= 



4c 



i=^t=teM?^^ 



— j — i — * — * — y 



see 



i^zzite 



^=3 

t3 



Soon heav-en's joy -bells will ring, 
-A- 



how the mil-lions will sing, 

.<k. JL. ./k. ./k. 



m 



^ 



f- F t=tz=t=t=f===f=ct:=zt:=l:z=;t=a 



-h-ft K ^ — d — r« 1 — i — ' — « — <* 1 — I — I — «— 1 — ^ — — — ^-Pn 

11 1 •» ^ rru 



And I shall rise 

Jk. _/k_ >. .A. 



and fly 



V 

a -way. (I'll fly a-way.) 

p h" h h *H 



te^^±H=^^i= 



SP 



No. 103. 

Unknown 

ft 



fcfc 



Give Me Oil in My Lamp 

Arr. by Adger M. Pace 






1. Give me oil in my lamp, oil in my lamp, Amine 

2. Give me joy in my soul, joy in my soul, Giro me 



*T 



^M 



4 ~fr~~fc r 



■ff ir br 



od in 
joy in 



my lamp I pray; 
my soul I pray; 



t=«E 



zs: 



rz:t; 



£=r= 



:p: 



P — A — P — A— A=PA — A — g — P A Pi^pl 
b — b — i — 5 b l =fr-V r— ^^ 



F* 



* — U—U ' P P 




Jx 



±=t 



£=£ 



pc:^ 



H 



ft 



w ^ i .j ca u ^ii 



* 



Give me oil in mylamp.keepmeshin-ing in thaeaap 



Give me joy in my soul,hal-le- lu-jah3 then will roll 

1 1 tj -H int 



=fai 



■gzztr^& rj— tr~ t ? 



,Un-til 
,Un-tU 



|g=^F 



1 * ~pr 



the break of day. 
the break of day. 



SeeH 



tr-tr-tr-tr 



PPE££ 



-Lp, 



No. 104. 

W.T. 



Bells of Heaven 



BS 



Wesley Tucker 






tc==ir=£ 



1. Bells of 

2. Bells of 

3. Bells of 

-A- -A- 



tffc*=l$=j=|=i 



■ S F=^ : 



§S=#3=*EEI 



heav-en, 
heav-en, 
heav-en, 

-*- 

-t: 



ring-ing to - day, So sweet—ly 
ring - ing to me, Tney bring a 
ring-ing to all, And if you 



±£zzfc: 



MiM 



P2 






3zz* 



:-r^fe 



fii±=ri±^ 



i—J—4— 



fi-^4 



TT 1 — W 



bring- ing 
hap - py 
hear them 



mu - sic 
mes-sage 
broth -er, 



If 



*F- 



£5=t2: 



r=S= 



£=£: 



fs=:g: 



o - ver the way, sweet mu -sic; 
o - ver the sea, from loved ones; 
an-swerthe call, and you will 



tl 


-s — 


—J- 


-3^ -fs 




— x- — 


1 


Giv - ing 




prais-es 




un - to the King of 


glo - ry, 




Wait-ing, 




wateh-ing, 




bid -ding me come and 


join them, 




Join ua* 




prais-mg 




heav-en's great King of 


glo - ry, 




rfrV — ]& — te~ 




-*- 












is — i— 




k — — m. — e m_ 

-ft 1 — r — — is L - 


— X 


1 


^F^=^= 


-x 


tJ tP 


-x 


-p- — h* #— s — •- 

_Ly H p [^ p_ 


— £ 19- 


A 



£ 



^& 



fczzpzr^zz:— 



35: 



# 



Bells of 
Bells of 
Bells of 



g£* 



E5= 



beav - en, oh, how sweet -ly they ring, 

heav-en, sweet -ly call - ing me home, 

heav - en, then for - ev - er will ring. 

V- 



v=Z 



:bp; 



= £ 






Chorus 



?d2z 



Sz3=M: 



EEEE3: 



3=S=: 
j — «, — 






Bells of heav - en ring, oh, how they ring, 

Oh, how the bells of heav - en ring, 



1 X 



J- 



J> J> -J> f> ■£ h 

_x_ _o_ _ 



*% ."9~ 






-JSZ 



1 



:5=^=:^bt: 



Copyrfsht 1847 by Jamea D.Vaoehoo Maalo Publisher. Id "Perfect Beuta, 1 



Bells of Heaven 



r ! — * — *— -*— 3 



- gels sing, how they sing; 
gels sine; 

.m- *. ^ -a- ■*- 




bet - ter clime, 

bet - ter clime, bet 



ter clime, 

-*- • -A- -A- 



Bt 



Where we will 



-9= 



:fc=Pt: 



111 



-I 1 — 



isfc 



F 



3*=fc 



lr-tr 



r- 



tBi 



rfe 



be hap - py all the time. 

Be hap - py all, yes, hap - py all the time. 

. £ £ * * *" hD J 1 ^ 



^_J_ 



:t2=tn 



ee 



t= 



No. 105. There is a Fountain 

"William Cowper. Western Melody. 

8 




1. There is a fountain filled with blood Drawn from Im-manuel's vein's, And sinners, planned beneath that flood, 

2. The dying thief rejoiced to see That fountain in his day; And there may I, tho' vile as he, 

3. Dear dying Lamb! Thy precious blood Shall never lose its pow : r . Till all the ransomed church of God 

4. Then in a nobler, sweeter song, I'll sing Thypoir'r to save, When this poor lisping stamm'ring tongue 




Lose all their guilty stains. Lose all their guilty stains, Lose all their guilty stains, 
Wash all my sins a-way, Washall mysins a-way, Wash all my sins a-way, 
Be saved to sin no more. Be saved to sin no more, Be saved to sin no more, 
Lies si -lent in the grave. Lies si -lent in the grave, Lies si -lent in the grave, 



No. 106. When Jesus Comes Again 



J. B. H. 



Jesse B. Hardin 



& -♦■ •♦>- -*- M- -*• -•>- " 



1. On that great tri - um-phant morning, when our Lord shall come a - gain, 

2. He will come with all His an- gels from the glo - ry land oq high, 

3. If we here, we'll do His bid -ing, keep Him ev - er at our side, 



--i— * A — | A A A A — H — 

:^t=fciE!5zz:|s=tsz=1s=ts=|s=|s=^-bi 

ppppPPPPp p 

. __ r _ N __fc__ h _^. 



£=£=£=£ 



A * > 



If— -5— 3- c i7-*-^— •— 3— 5.— • — *- 3 ^— ^ — ^— t— — * 



He will come in all His glo -ry, for a thou-sand years to reign; 
And He'll gath-er all His chil-dren to those man-sions in the sky; 
We will fear no harm or dan - ger when we cross the great di - vide, 

-A A 

zt=t 

-m m 



_- * 4 — . ± A * A 



PPPtfpppp 



tr— tr 



r p-i- 



m 



v==J*=±=:-ts=3z 



B • •— C t? pj b 3_ S 



£=cfn=fc:=:£ 



3= 



te 



BE 



And if we are robed and read - y, we will meet Him in the air, 
And if we are saved my broth-er, thru His blood have been made whole, 
He has prom-ised to be with us, e - ven to the jour-ney's' end, 

* — • A _ r rjz_'5' — rj: — :£■ — :£ — iff — rfc — "£ — _t__ — rp — : ( ft — A — 






=£=£=* 



i 



f. ^ 1 | T J 1- 4 ■ \-0\l ^ |__J 

I .*- -«y. -«>- V "* .«>. 



With our lamps all trimmed and burn-ing, we shall see His glo - ry there. 
We shall live with Him for - ev - er in that home-land of the soul. 
Take us home with Him to heav-en, there e - ter - ni - ty to spend. 



._ A A — I A » A A A A r-A- A A m 1 

r.EA=fc=:bg^g— f— p=^=£=zj=b = Eu=:b — P — pzzzfcJ 



p p p P-tJ 
Chorus. 



- ! H-5f 



y 1/ P 
When Je -sus comes 



t 



^^^^^= 



tr 



rrT z p~ = r 



-3= 



1 X s 

to earth* a • gain, 
When Hecomes a - gain, to this earth a - gain, 

-♦- -A- -£- -^ ,- #«_ 

^s P a e ft m a c ;-, ft P _ 1 2p_ 3 

!E=3£== A~t£=rkz=t£=£z===:z=tii==:is— te=n— id 



Copyright. 1B47. by Jaroea D. Vanarhan. Maaic Publisher, in "Perfect Hoarta. 



When Jesus Comes Again 

EuUl — *| 1 — I— |- 1 1 1 *1 *, M A — — i 1 1 1 1 — -I 

W # _,_C # __ # __ # _,,__ i; _H r _3- -,-^—^ ^ ^ # _3 



He will come in all His glo - ry, for a thou-sand years to reign; 

D fi P 

p — — --- b— b^p— ^—p— f 1 ^- 1 



ty£=^b: 



ffife£ 



^-R a 



S=*± 



zfa 



-*- 

|4 



" X L> P P P I 



I want to join the mil-lions then, 

join the mil-lions then, hap-py mil-lions then, 

-♦- -♦- >- >- -*• 

rt — I ' f~ 



&EE 



qc 



-i — i — k- 



S7 # # _C # h h u. h h _C ,_D 



tJ— P— fcj— P P P" 

Sing -ing glo -ry, hal - le - lu - jah.when our Sav-iour comes a - gain. 

S . :-v -0- -0- -■- -*=• -•- -#- . 



— 4- 

_l — 



- ■ -P 
No. 107. 

S. F. ADAMS. 



Bethany 



& 



% 



LOWELL Mason. 



m 



zt 



W4 



3^ 



? 



-3r^T 



-&■ 



~~ CS* j^. .^J. ~" "*' ~-^- J^T^77 

1. Near- er, my God to Thee, Near-er to Thee! 

2. Tho' like a wan -der-er, Daylight all gone, 

3. There let the way ap-pear, Steps un - to heav'n; 



-&ZJ& 5* 



-3r-Jft- 



E'entho' it be a cross 
Darkness be o - ver me, 
All that Thousendest me, 



a,:... a 



t^JZUZ>^ 



SH 



m 



• Kir 



S3 



r 



Fine. 



D. S Near-er, my God to Thee! 

, , D. S. 



at 



^^ 



a 



^s 



-<a-'- 



^ 



3 



5 



33 



f 



-& /^ 



Ai* A! 



■&Z7*~ 



F 



That rais - eth me! Still all my songs shall be, Nearer, my God to Thee! 

My rest a stone, Yet in my dreams I'd be, Nearer, my God to Thee! 

In mer - cy giv'n; ■ An -gels to beck - on me, Nearer, my God to Thee! 



=& 



P — r- 



f* 



r— SH i II! i I I' N r^- 



1£ 



£=5 



- A' A 



i wt 
Near- er to Thee! 



No. 108. 

J. H. 0. 



Our New Home 

(To Andrew Barnett, Minden, La.) 



J. H. O'Daniel 




1. When Je -sus hung 

2. When He a - rose 

3. When He went up 



np - on the cross, 

from out the grave, 

to that good land, 



ME3EES3 



* * 

—\z—t— 



*=*= 



p p p 



q— S- 



P P 



■P- 
t£=fc 
P P 



zfc^qzzl: 



-_A| H 1__ 



" V 






-J J- ^ 9—E0&> i — •s-J 






t 



He paid for us 
The plan com-plete, 
To build that home 



an aw - ful loss, an aw - ful 

was made to save, was made to 

as He had planned, as He had 



> 
P 
loss; 
save 



ffi: 



z3: 



z 5 !- 



_fc- 



:$ 






_ p — A — r = — w — w — A 

:S=ff=P=t=t:=a= F b=S=N: 

^=5=^=S=S=tp=p=p=p- P. 












planned; 

=±zzJ 



-■- - IT* 

And now He'3 gone 
And now He's in 
He said, "I'll come 



-n—\ 



to heav'n a -bove, 
Hte heav - en fair, 
a - gain for you," 




To build for us 
To wel-come us 
That you may live 



•♦- -♦- ^ ^ •♦- 
V , V V V > 
a home of love, a home of love, 
when we get there, when we get there, 
therewith me too, there with me too. 



&£B 



:z— p=p=p: 



r~ A 



:p=P=p: 



4>— &-fc 



i 



Chorus. 

- f\— -k fV 




£=:*: 




How sad to think 



He had to die, 



How sad to think He had to die, He had to die, 



- s \— g *t 



:t=t 



J=fc==> k i 

p— p— P— p— b— t 



=«• 



4=4 

:£=£ 



=4=1 



Copyright 1947 by James D. Vanehan Music Publisher, in "Perfect Hearts." 







terft 



w 



mm 



Our New Home 

- ■ - ^ 



To make a way 



*=4 



mm 



i*:* 



r 



!* 



t J * 9 

for yon and I, for you and I 



1 



ffla^ 



9 



SfeabS 



t~F 



To make a way for you and I, for yon and I 

p— pint: tt2==U==P==b=t2=^ :I 



J B |g 






m — m — w 



— « — < f lJ- «-g 



Eh' 






„--j 



But I'm so glad when time shall come, 

But I'm so glad when time shall come, 



*a^=*: 






_ -— — » — * — * — *— I 

— £— £— P— M 



-l- 



fe^Sg 






We'll live with Him 



We'll live with Him 



in onr new home, 



in our new home, 



§gf ^==^= — P^^M=M=f=^=^ 



BSHz 



t±= pz=pz=pz=p=:t2z=t3=z:pr:tA 



1=£e£ 



No. 109. 

John Newton. 



Amazing Grace 



WM. Walker. 



pmm 



JJQ f tjz_l 



S 



^Pi^^^' 



1. A - maz - ing grace how sweet the sound, That saved a wretch Kke me; 
2. 'Twas grace that taught my heart to fear, And grace my fears re - lieved; 

3. Thru ma - ny dan-gers, toils, and snares, I have al - read-y come; 

4. When we've been there ten thousand years, Bright shin-ing as the sun; 




m 



I once. was lost but now I'm found, Was blind but now I see. 

How pre-cious did that grace ap-pear, The hour I first be-Iieved. 

'Tis grace that brought me safe thus far, And grace will lead me home. 

We've no less days to sing God's praise, Than when we first be - gun. 



a 



U 



f f f" — * — ^F — t ^\ I v 



T^ 



No. 110. 

A. M. P. 



I Want to Go Home 



mniiil 



'fL 



Adger M. Pace 



&3EES 



r=r^^ 



w 1 S ~V 

1. I want to go home when Je - sus in 

Oh, I want to go home 

2. I want to go home when all of my 

Oh, I want to go home 

#&=&=== &=&=# — ti — p=pr=p=t: [ |»= 



5z4z 




b * 






mer - cy calls for me, I'm read - y 



i 



to 



5— F-f— |— p~p : 



go, 

1 am read - y 
troub-les here are o'er, To be with my Lord, 

There to be with my Lord, 



to go, 



*es 



m 



fc=t=l: 



dt==$===t==f===^=djt: 



•P— p: 



:fc3=-p— ; 



£>=* 






1 X 
from sin He has saved and set me free; No long - er I 
on heav - en's e - ter - nal, hap - py shore: I want to be 



mm 



~4- 



9 $ 



-55- 



•£=fr=fc=* 



doubt 



■r-^ 



: 5 



i: 



^ 



Now, no long - er I donbt 

there 

Then I want to be there 

S=Z P =ti3=t3=t3— « 



His won- der - ful love to take me thru, 



when heav - en shall crown Him Lord and King, 



■ =*=£ 



* 



=R- 



V 



"t?— P— fcJ~ jj— 



P U 'g f P ^ 



-1 X 

I want to go home and live with the faith-fnl and the true. 

Yes, I want to go home 
I want to go home His won-der-ful prais-es there to sing. 

Tes, I want to go home 



i ^-g -:pfi=g=E>=P=fr 



\ 



p— p—fr- 



Copyright 1847 by J«roo« D.Vaothu Untie Publisher, la "Perfect Heexta.' 



w 



I Want to Go Home 



Chorus. 



IE 



I want to go borne, 



I want to go 



mM 



S-H 1 



I want to go home, 

•fc- -It- lc- -k- -k- 

:f:=z:t:zz=t==P=:=t:: 



■p— $— b— P 



fc=r£: 



— ^3 



•j -gr- *- » ix p~ 



-• — 



• -5- - - IX P t> £ P P D 

home, ob, yes, I do, I want to go there 

And I want to go there, 



«-* - '^| 



it 



^ 



mr 



r 



- g — s- 









for - ev - er 



to live 



-=*- -^- -*>- .T m 

be - yond the blue; I 



PPg 



want to 



be 



m 



*p 



P P 



-i 1 b — — m- 



ttr^t=&=*t 



« — ■ — a — 3— .it — 4 — * 



i==f=S 



— * 
there 



when heav - en shall crown Him Lord and King, 



I want to be there 



-k- -it- 



§g=^EEE 



-k- -It- -k- 



fc=fc=fc 



F 1 A f> A A 



p — tP — b — ^ p p— p— fr 



=fe=z 



•14 i*. 

P P 



1 & H- 



£^ 



fc£r^ 



^ 1 X 



:=-£ 



T-f 



3=^ 



P^^ ^^l 



I want to go home, 

Yes, I want 



Hiswon-der-fnl prais-es there to sing, 
to go home, 






3=S: 



-p-p-T 



No. 111. 

E. D. 



The Land of Endless Day 



Elwood Denson 



B — at— g ai— Pal— *-*2 — aj— al— 1 — ip- «~ Ff— 1 ai al — f- 



1. There is* a land to which we're go-ing,when this earth- ly life is o'er, 

2. When we get there, oh, bless -ed sto - ry, with the saved and all the blest, 






5=fctz=£=j*i^=0t=£=£ 



pzz=pzte^zp=zp=:pzz^: 



==!^:fc^-£ 



-•- . -•- -•- -w- -p- -#- 

* i a, — j-it A 1 1 14 — -f 



p— tr 




tzsc 



= — - — =05=1 : 



And with onr Lord 
And hear our Sav 



az=g zzzz^=jzj=j=jcztez:^^^ 



we'll ev - er stay .we'll ev - er stay; 
iour sweet-ly say, so sweet -ly say; 

••> -•- -•- -•- -•- •#. 

i 1 1 1 1 — - 



y— p- 



F u p — £ 



II 



?-g— zi— g aJ— hi— ah g ai — al — aj— Fij-^^Fg 



:f5=45==£=£= 



itE^zz^zz:! 



1 



With all the saints, in love o'er-flow-ing, sing His prais-es ev - er-more, 
"Come, en - ter in- to joy and glo - ry and for - ev - er be at rest," 



-0. -F. .p. -#- 



:£=P==g=£ =£===g=re ~~P E=fc — t>— j 



W~V 




In that fair land of end-less day. 

In that fair land of end-less day. of end - less day. 






m -» — ga F- 



P— tr 



Chords. k k 



-a- -o- -•• 

P P V 

Down by the riv 






f> h Jl-A 



■p- jr -5- if ■ 

We'll be to - geth - er, 

to - geth -er dream, 

-"- -P - * - * 

R-"* — S E^" — %r~ t — * — ^ — *] — 3 F*i — ^ — ~ t * — fe ^ 

^uiL^g=±=;H^-P-^p — p— p :=z3z— gzzr-: :3— p — p — y: 



The crys-tal stream, 
-A- 



I 



CoDTrlaht, I847.br JsmaB D. Vaocban. Muuic PubUalnr. in *'.Fetf«t n«»rt»** 



I 



The Land of Endless Day 






frr-tv J> 



And live for - ev 



f 5 



gl 



er In man-sions bright; 

For - ev - er dream in man- 

P- 



h3=3t 



% 



_i_ 1 1 1 1 ( L — L|4 ^ ^ A £_ 



sions bright; 
^1 



^ — S =3 



^i^y 



*== 



-q--s =j-a*= 



£=ifc=ir=4V 



-•- -•- -•- -•- ' -#- -0- -•- h-g- ■ I 

We'll 3ee our Sav - iour, our bless -ed Sav - iour, 

We'll see His face, His bles3-ed face, 



t 



-•- -}-- -»- -F-- P- 

- , fe to" 



^=g==p3=g=g=:g 



r=r— S 



:gz=p=p= 



-PL -P- 

-t? — fr" 



JD. <S. We'll tell the sto - ry, the won-drous sto - ry, 

The sto - ry true, up there 



a - new, 



£=i=^=-M=£r^zr^ = ^ = ± 



Fine 



■ j j±r^pt5 = :t5=±=£:=:j3q 
8 — 3- N— * — 3 — ^— ^ ~i 



K=M: 



ft 



=F 



> f 1/ » 

And share His fa - vor, in glo - ry Stent; 

His matchless grace in glo - ry light, 

-#- -0- -•- -if- -if- -A- 

.t--^t-_t-_t-_F--t-_i?-__-f-_ 

it — 



in glo 
-»- P- 



- J - •.—£—£=£— £=P-t^ 






ry light; 

-P »- 

-i 1 , 

-bk — * — 



Of love and glo - ry, oh, hap -py day, glad hap - py day. 

And sing it too, 



£=£: 



-dt 



-P- 



±-1 



ft 



=ta 



F=fc 



iz^z: 



g ^ *" \TV P P pi X . ""P 

We'll be so hap - py, Up there to stay, 

We'll be so hap - py in that land, bles3 ■ 

: 3_£ .f- T- • T f- f- -& 

lEr-*— -m- bm-P 1 — !==t=t=t===:=q3.. 



:p=p: 



ed glo 

Jt=fc 



P P 

ry land, 



^=^=P=^=^- 



— =qrpz=Ffcz= p — g — E=j 



1 



D.5. 



fc# 



rt 



£ 



i? r^ p 



:^ — ^— ^R^ 

—H — -M — J- -R?- 



-*=W 



p 5 * 

With all our loved ones We'll live for aye; 

There up - on the strand, with 



nr 



a — ►* 



NMtfc== 



them live 



P P 
for aye; 



It 



S 



*=t 



tP=t2=--b=t3=t2=3: 



=£ 



:pz=rp=:t2; 



No. 112. 

Chas. W. V. 



Traveling Along 



Chas. W. Vaughan 




fi=£: 



fcz{5==fc£ 






£=^5Z 



l.Trav - e! - ing 
2. Of - ten here 
3.Trav - el - ing 



3—3=: 



:ap 



g— £— «)— ^— i— «f— * — *— 5— V— - 1 '- 

a - long to my home in heav - en, where the saints and 
be - low there is pain and sor - row, and at times the 
a - long soon the jour-neyend - eth, where the streets are 

A A A _ A A _ _ A -A — r- _ A A— 




( p 

an - gels dwell, they dwell, Joy is in 
tears will flow. will flow, No one ev 
paved with gold,with gold, Happy on 

-• D— jL-J_ r A _A A A A A 

-y — y — £s tit — a — ^ — * — Ik — * — «f — It — * 



my soul from the Sav-iour giv - en, 
.er knows what may come to-mor-row, 
the way for the Lord at-tend-eth, 

A A A * A— 

t=fc 






c_f3 ' ■ ■ - 

and I know that all 
yes, it may be joy 



-p p— P p p p ^~*^ 

Eizigizr*— ;tz3fcz=j=H== 



heav-en scon I shall 



is well, is well; I was lost and sad when He 

or woe, or woe;So I travel on trust -ing 

be - hold, be-hbld;Therewith all the saints I shall 

r- p— p— - fc 



=3— 




P u 

came and found me, took a - way ray heav - y load, my load,Nowmyheartis 
in my Sav-iour, He will lead me to the end, the end, Life is pleasant 
dwellfor - ev - er, nev - er-more ia sin to roam, to roam.From my Lord and 

-P ^ ^ JL A . A A * _J> JL J A^ A^ A& -i 
A r A ■* 1* A A = » • -V-pA A A 



sa^36 



-u=# 



£ 



£— b_b 




Ji — & — r^__ fe _ c _fc_ ^__fe — fi> — d — pi—,. 



glad with His arms a-round me, go 
here since I share His fa - vor, for 
own I will part no^ nev - er, liv 






mg 
He 



the souls a-bode, a - bode, 
a loy - al Friend, my Friend, 
my home, sweet bome,my home. 




Copjrieht ls.47.b7 Junos D. V.uchan. Music Pabllth 



Traveling Along 



Chorus. 



!%ff©^ 



^15 



^eIe^I 



I'mtravel-ing a-long, Liv-ing in His love so 

And my way is grow-ing clearer, 

a__a_a_a_a__a_ +—t- r F—t—* — A_-t_A_ 



^ 



, -i ,. =5=CfiL r 



rf* 



i^P^^-il^ 



free, There's glo • ry in my soul, 

so free, Heav-en now is drawing near-er, 



ggfctz=t=E 



- a r- 



■p - P— tr 






— K » ^ 1 1 1 -j Jr- 

_HS s s aa w 30 W-l . 



V 



Hap-pi*ness is fill - ing me, I'm trav-el-ing a - long, 

yes, me; Soon I'll 

A & 



t 



-r^ — p — h — p — c — c — g. 



^HzA-t- - 



=t^g=E^SEte=^EEE£E^ 




,5^ L *—fi- 



$: 



^M 



Nev-er-more on earth to roam, And in that hap-py 

see my loving brother, to roam, 

* • * # '^' S: "*" :■** V: ■*" Hk " 
;^_giJ^iJ ^_a1_-(a- riJ^V— t— 1~ a A A A_ 



§3ffi^5S 



t^z^=t»=u=5=^ 



^ r 



£3 



land, 






5s: 



I shall clasp the hand of moth - er, 

JL .ft. .«. 



My e - ter - nal hap-py home. 






r _L 



No. 113. 

Fay Wallington 



4 



* 



My Home in Heaven 

t> — h — &_i & 



L. C, Higdon 



fF 



^fe| 



fc?=4 



-4^3 — j — jri a a. ^ : 



1. I've a hap • py home in heav - en, far out be - yond the 

2. I have made my prep - a - ra - tion for that e - ter - nal 

3. Seems that I can hear the rus - tling of an • gel wings np 



m 



*= 



t=fei=p=i^=fe= 



«=£: 



ii=^=Ef=i=zj=z4=z«=ri=:l=z^=z.l=3 



star 
Jn • 
in 



• ry sky, 
bi - lee, 
the air, 



I 



:t 



-*= $ 
Where I shall 
My res - er 
And seems that 



=y: 



go 
va 
I 

>■ 



to live some morn-ing, some 
tion has been pur-chased, I'm 
can hear them sing - ing the 



t=t=t=t=t=i 



h- * K 



r = r=r=r=eF=5 : 



-!=P=3 



I 

3 



mm 



i 



h m _e j» 



^t=*=* 



morn 

read 

song 



ing in 
y when 
of wel • 



^=fc==fc==fc==*==* 



the by and by, in glo • ry; It will be a 
He calls for me, I'm read - y; It will be a 
come o - ver there, oh, glo - ry; Now I want to 



l=fc 



^=t5=^=tfc=zt3=t2: 



:t2=p: 



=9= 



$=£=-: 



ti 



=ii==3=3=i========S 



fel 



% 



w=^ 



*t 



day 
day 
join 

a ►- 

E — *— 



of rap ■ 
of glo 
their num 



ture when I 

■ ry when I 

■ ber, and sing 



-y- 



shall stand be - fore the King In 
shall hear Him say ''well Done, Come 
the hap - py song of love, In 

.A. _A_ .A. .4. -4i .0. 

: ===£ t =+=s==== 



-I r l 1 r- 

-14 j-kfc — — 14 14 ■ 




that e - ter - nal home up yon-der, and hear the wel-come joy-bells ring. 
en - ter in - to joys e - ter -nal, re-ceive the crown that you have won." 
prais-ing my Ee-deem-er, Sav-iour, in that e - ter-nalhome a -bove. 

= -*— f— *— 1 1— £- £— f_ t— ,- r -f^^r— ?— r— ^ 



s# 



fel 



fe=^=E=£ 



t=t 



Copyright 1947 br James D. Vsuehon Music Publisher, In "Perfect Hearts. 






r-=g= 
fc=t 



1 



Chorus. 



fcfc 



My Home in Heaven 



yj- 1 



I've a hap - py home up yon-der, far a-bovethe star-ry 

I've a home up yon-der, far a • 



4r. 



§3ZEE3^ 



3PP 



E 3EE$EEm£ 



Jr :?:_1r_f i_ti_ r t: JS 

-ft »j 1* * * ft — H = V a 

P P 

-^ — h — . 



rrt 



gs^g^ 



skies, Where there'll be no more sad part - ing, 

bove the skies.Where there's no sad part - nag, 

-•- -W- . -•- ■+-- 



^=p: 



1^^^=^= ^ 



£=S 



£=3 



-0-0- 



B 5 



1 ? [> i 



F=S=£ 



p 

andthere'llbe no more good-bys; Joys up there •will laBt for 

and no more good-bys; Joys will 



gr~>: 



-t-__ • 



m 



5=£ 



t= 



-1 — r i — 



££ 



< — !' j 



$ 



it 



*=* 



|'B bp^f 



."ZS. 



F^ 



[t-t <tb 9 » * " r 5 

ev-er, sor-row nev - er more shall come, But we'llsing be* 

lastfor-ev- er, sor - row shall not come, Sing 



m 



^jtljPljzJz 



£ 



* f_ti.-^ 



I — : _ £ £ ifc 1_ 



"tr 



it 



£ 



^gg= 



£ 



*P-*- 



w G~U 



^ 



r-r 



F ? -g „ V f . 



side the riv - er, in that hap -py home.sweet home. 

be - side the riv - er, in that home, sweet home. 



iSE2 



-ft ft ft ft — \-W- 

£E0EE 



1. M T fe 5 



. 



No. 114. Keep Walking With the King 

Millard A. Glenn J. Monroe Mobbs 



f¥—. — ^^-m — m — ^ — ' — i 1 — w — -j 1 — — 









1. Broth-er, if the way is grow-ing long, and the world to you is go - ing 

2. When your heart is wea-ry, lone and sad. He will sure - ly come and make you 

3. When you need a friend to blessyoursoul f Leadyouall the way to heav-en's 

->>- >- >~ 
-*— *— *— *-r! — : p— \--7-jj 



fefeEB 



ffi*T|K=^=Z|C=jc 






P* P P P P I t* ? 



-^ P 1 fc Is — |-k be- 






Ife 



- 2 1— s- 



::.— p— ir 



P P 



i^ ^^E^^ ^-^ 



9 f 

wrong, Keep walking and talk-ing 

glad, 

goal, 



i«^£ 






with heaven's great 

Walking and talk- ing with heaven's great 
to » h -ft- -#- 






-p- 



s=* 



$=$=:$=::£: 



P 
King; 



r* 






P 



& 

Tell Him all a - bout yourtroub-les here, 

He will take a - way your load of care, 

King, with heav-en's great King; Lean up -on His arm and hear Him say, 



'^F-p — p — p g p — 1 — fj— fj— p— p-tj— ^— a— [t — [1— 



p p p p I 



^=^==5=5=Fi 



®dL3 5__^g — g_t- A *=^ 



-fr— *\ S- 



of your ma - ny heart-aches and your fear, 
when to Him you go in earn - est prayer,Keep walk- ing and 
'I will take you home with me some day," 



A A * A rj : — I 1 * * * 5" 



t* b 



=F=^ 



at .— «_»_— _g-^_ 1— „-t 5~F"r 

P P p y P 

Walking and talk-ing with heaven's great King, 
talk -ing with heaven's great King^with heaven's great King. 



fqjLj? j .. 



7T- m m m m a 



9\r-^— \T. 



3BEI 



faj — tf— E-fe 



Jl_^__&_&. 




CopTrieht, 194G b» James D. Vaturhaa. Halle Pabllafaw. la " Silw ftampat." 



-"V 



Chorus. 



Keep Walking With the King 

fit fr i ■ . -k 



• — — 4 • d 1 



Walk-ing and talk - ing, 
Keep walk - ing and talk - ing with the great 

* ;ft "' ft h .h h 



§ — — ^ g — r~ * * * * * £ 



4 ^ 



BFS 



££ 



£-*- 



-*- 



ft-fr f> ft > 



: r ~^i~ ^ =^ 



m 



with heaven's great King, Give Him yonrtallents and 

King, And give Him your tallents and 

^ -ft * h K >. ^ .ft .ft P .ft .ft . 



£ 



F 



v u 



^ ^==^ 



»rfefe;- 






ev • er - y thing; When your con - se - cra-tion has been 

ev - er - y thing.and ev - er - y thing; 



«^Nfe£E^^_==^£E 



P p P P 
-* — 



6= 



- b b 



*=* 



=ft 



<=£ 



@ b U 

made, and His hand np - on you has been laid, Keep walk-ing and 



2S 



ioc 



t=t 



|=§=^z=^z=p: 



L—l— 4 = 



f ■ — #-• h =z I — _rL._- — i — pi ■ # _l 

Pi p p p B o p i 

talk-ing with heaven's great King. 

Walk-ing and talk-ing with heaven's great King, with heaven's great King. 

o ft i> ... f ... >. .►. i J? i i i 1 i 



HE 



-u — " — k— " F F— 



No. 115. 

Charles H. Huff 



Just Over the River 



B. F, White 




■* ' ft £ 



£^ 



"—J ^=^ : 



l.I've a home of won - der - ful beau - ty o - ver the 
2. Wondrous joy is wait - ing for me jnst o - ver the 
3. In • that bright and beau - ti - fnl home - land o - ver the 



^■fo-4-j* *~~~ 



-4=£ 



4= 



T=\ 



-A r-, 



T~^ 



¥=^ 



=£ 



*=fc 



fefe^ 



^ $- ? F ? ' FTTT 



o'er the riv - er, 

_a A A a_ 



And my Savionr has made it 
In that beau-ti- ful coun-try 
chill - y riv - er, Ma -ny mansions now wait for 



— t=fc 

-A lit- 



-A- r A— A 



-* — • — r — f — 



— p i u, ^ifc A Ui < fc 1* 1* A— HA A A A A A n 



rrr-r 



read- y for me, yes, read- y for me:Some glad day I'll en - ter that 
love-ly and fair, so love -ly and fair; Je - bus said that I should live 
all of the blest, for all of the blest;Best of all we'll see the great 

:£= 

3= 



~ z — H — H — ta— K — - — tf — M — b - — — c n — P 1111 ^ — - 



-$—?>—V 



-$-$—* 



t$ 



=t 



p 



£=2=35 



r 



$=^P 



zt 



t-T!~TT~ jh ~*~*~^ 



* ^t -ad- 
home and leave it no, nev-( leave it nev -er,) er,( leave it nev - er,) 
there for - ev - er and ev- (there for - ev -er,) er, ( and for - ev - er,) 
King and live with Him ev- (with Him ev -er,) er, ( and for - ev - er,) 



A A , a — , * A A A A A * A 



0Z=$Z=tE=tE 



-A A A " 



:^z=^=b— t 



« 






eJ 



3=Z 



FT 



t 



s » 



Andfor-ev-er I'll be so hap -py and free, hap -py, glad and free. 
ADd His won-der -ful glo - ry ev - er -moreBhare.in His glo - ry share. 
And from la - bor up there for - ev - er shall rest, for -ev - er shall rest* 



Copyright, 1947. by Jmu D. V.nenan. Ma.lo Pabliiber. In ".Perfect Haarta" 



Just Over the River 



Chords. 



EE^dbi 



Just 



£« 



r-g- 



' a- *. i _i_ 



b * — 3 — i : 






ver the dark cold riv - er, in - to that land where there i9 no night, 



is 



$et=8: 



+■ p ; h a 



-gr* A 1* Br 

^D— r— r— b- 



1^ : 



i 



l& 



* ITT 

With all 



i -4 j 4-=*^ 4 



n k p 
b b 



1 



b \) 

the re - deemed I shall live 



so hap 

-A 



py and 
-A- 






:=S: 



■0— tl 











h 




--I 


-I 


f- 


'Vi"M""i 










_2| 


fr 110 - 








d \ K 


^ 


3 


1 — 


1 


free, 


so 


hap 


5 

- py 


t C u g p «5 

and free; And there will be 


r 

no 

A 


• 

sad 


part ■ 

A 


4 
•ingf 

A 


4V f S 




■ 


■ 


F ' I 


P 










r i *t > * 






| 


| 


M>— b 


-H 


~ * 


-> 


>.[)"*< 


-A — 


— ifc— 


14 — 








ET 


-r 


t? 


P 


r 


r 


u 



k*z 



t) fc & n ^ 






3=3 



fl* 



3 — s- 



ifci 



o - ver in that hap - py land of light, For Je - sos is 

_A A *__$A. * 



1 



D=»=b=P=^5=g 



=p=3 






1 „ h t> 



I S| 1 A 9^ ■ ^ Ua,|i 

&* *- 2 M * * C- -s d| 



3=3 



Jt=£ 



¥=f 



u r 



there, and with Him we ev - er shall be, ev - er - more shall be 



i^N 






T— — 

n 



No. 116. 

W. B. Walbert 



terfszifr 



The Royal Airplane 



James D. Walbert 



tejrfrfzjtjiijzrTr^-tc 



ti 



fl^ffl^^BJ 1 ^ 



1. Some hap-py morning bright and fair, I'm going to ride in the air, On heaven's 

2. Up - on this plane can on - ly ride the cho-8en,heavenbornbride,ffhose robes an 

r. h r> 






ara^s 



"Glo-ry-bound Spe-eial"air-plane,bright airplane, My res-er-va-tion has been made, a one way 
trashed and made whit-er than snow, driv-en snow , No drunkards steeped in sin and shame, can ride this 



life 



**-*=£=£- 



E^=p^-p=^=*= 



h r> r> , n r> h +. x 

■*■- ; A — p- — \)— tP-h-lfc 14 1* — A — 14 h * — l*H 



^^z=4rtrf>ri^:^=^ 



W-V-v—d— si — si- -«1 — • — ib H *-r— ' H 1 — » ' 1- 



*=£ 



Wz:.-^::^: 



^"-"•^"P" 



;** P U i/ i 

fare has been paid,To that bright Cit-y that's bnild - ed fonr-sqoare, built foarsqnare;My broth-er, 
"Glo-ry-bound"plane,They'llalI go down to dark re-gions be-low,down below ;Oh brother, 






i m.jj 



.a. .a. .a -a- -♦- •*- j i i' i 1 n 

EtEtEEtEEEgEE^^EEJEESEE*EEESE:F==?=gE5EE& 



tens 
wa4tA 



EM^BE3EE£^^SE5E3EEJ5jEE;EEfB|i^E^p 



wheth-errain or shine she'll reach the Iand-ing ontime,This "Glo-ry spe-cial" has nef- erbeen 
plunge beneath the tide and get yon read-y to ride,This"Glory special"to Canaan's fair 

Jib — y, — ^ — n — n, — 14 — 1_ — n — i^_ 1_. — | 1 1— t^ — n - r* — * — * — I * _ I — I 



m=& 






aa 



-p-p-r 



i=il* 






to-^ 






late, never late, And as she enters the port of heaven's beautiful court.There'H be some 
8hore,that fair shore,Make res-er-va-tion today, she'll soon be sail-ing a-way,To heaven's 




- -a- _ _ _ * -"£ £ .It .a. .a. LU. .a. 



:t2=pz:p=p 



D. S. Goodby, old world here below, I'm packed and ready to go, To my 

Copyright, 1946. by Jsmoo D. Vaag-hmn. MobIc Poblieher. 







The Royal Airplane 

is k , v I , Fine. Chorus. 

— * — c p — tp — p — r- — 7 

)Ded shouting up there,way up there. Sail a-! 



=5=55=1 



J^-p- 

13 



£m 



old-fashioned shoatmg up tkere,way up there. Sail a-bove the 

air-port to hare nev-ermore,nevermore. I'm going to sail a-bove the az-ure 

- - ■- * _h !\ i m ^ 1 -ft-Jp- -j~ 



=U=t2=P== 

ternal sweet'heavenly home.my sweet home 



M. ■-■ - «■ ■». ^ , 1 g 

frrr . — y— —h 

====EE±-=^tk=G==S 



±££ 



:t=p: 



a_ # Sj 



isig 



-b: 



•q-jg- 



r __J___CL_p_ 



■ r -p hrh- h h. 



3i3^toti3t=at=: 



is, 



blue,the az-ure blue, Ho-ly saints, and all the faith-ful few, 

blue, With all the Ho - ly saints, the faith-ful few, 

p p p r> j a , r> h h h P 

' »-— t==c== ===== 



hjd. j»L ji j>L i ^ 



^J2tr 



S££ 



:P=fc 



:U=g= l_^- 
==±=p: 



v 



m 



-&= 






:fj=d=±t=g: 



I'm going to ride 



a-bove the beau-ti- ful sky, 



•m- -*- hi 






_ " _# zzz*"ctzz:*zzt=zb=z 

-P— P i?b* — «==* — *== 

==tp=P=^=t=! 



Be-yond the 
1 X 






£ 






A 



-a- 



Dash - ing, roll- ingfoam,the rolling foam;Tbere'll be no stop -ping on this"Roj-aI 
dash - ing, roll - ing foam; Stopping on this 

vLv=V^ n J r> Ji f P-t- 1 1 £ JC 

— ,-•-•-#-*-#— — p~t=t=t===^F==q 

q— i^— 14— ifc— g , *i-j 

* k D.S. 




Line," This"Glo-ry Plane" is always there on time, 

Line,this "Roy - al Line,'' It isthere on time, is there on time, 

.,*- -A- -A. \} 9 . -A. .A. 

=^=SUhfe — b — ^ », -^3 — = = F===^= z =========j»= : == : pP := ^ := ~P ^ t—[ 



No. 117. We'll Be Going 



Rev. R. C. 



-tVI — I 



Rev. Rupert Cravens 






1. We'll be go-ing home when the morning,breakingJbringg the glad e- ter - nal 

2. Soon the saints of God will be gathered yon- der in the hap - py glo - ry 
63. Let us la-bor on till the Sav-iour calls us to that home of glo - ry 

I •*- -Is- -k- 

4— m — * A— r A A— ^FL-tZ-il. 



A — A- 



7-t; — ; — 3 — r- r 3 r~ r" 

^r\y A — * 1* Lk ti 



:g= 



:t 



:frz=E— k — I — l~ 



s 



"tr-tr-trr 



-y_- 



*= 



U=tJ=t3=t3= 




tefctszfct 



fcMHd=±=rf^^ 



*=* 



'^—3— I— 3— I 1 



:at=3t 



¥* 



*%* 



day, glad day, Leav-ing cares be-hind, homeward flight then tak-ing,we shall go with 
land, that land, Nev-er-more as strangers to toil and wander will we be up- 
bright, so bright, Let us live for Him tko 'much pain be- fall us and we walk thra 

£&! >* A A A A A A m M «_ 



m 



-A A A_A. 



i=U 



m 



t={=t: 



-fcf-Vlr-tr-trr 



-*R=1b= 




i 



.-!- 



h-& 



g|^ 



rfc 



§=::^=^=i{5 = ^ 



1=3=3=:=* 



Christ a - way, a - way; To the mansions bright He's prepared in glo- 
on that st rand,bright strand; Je - bus will be there.He's the light for- ev - 
shades of night, of night; Bless - ed love of Christ with constraining pow- 

4=* 



m 



1- 



:t=f- 



-i* A 



tr*F 






K=^- 



fc2=£=2=£=^ 



±afc=±±± 



=t 



Lg=JS 



-s--*i 



* 



He will guide with ten- 
and the King of heav'n 
will di - rect us all 

-fc. -fc_ -is- 

__A_A_t_:|:-—-t-_ 



der love, His love, For our ser-vice here, 
80 fair, so fair, We shall live with Him, 
the way, the way, Beat - ing storms may come, 

A-J^ * 






P=F=* 



^=A=A=A=5=gz=: 



£=£=£— p — p^ : 



Ujl 



l^Bis 



D.S. Fly with them to heav-en 

h r> n» FlNK 



•J ~~** 

tell - ing far love's sto 
stroll by life's fair riv • 
with their clouds that low 



^=r3 
3=£ 



§S5 



I I 1 
ry,He'll re-ward inheav'n a-bove, a-bove. 
er.sing- ing hal - le - lu - jahsthere,up there, 
er.but by faith we'll see that day, glad day. 



u t— 



where the crown is giv - en, and we'll live for - ev • er there, up there. 

Copyright l947.br Junes D. Venetian. McbIc Publisher. In "Perfect Hearts. " 



_ Chords. 
Je 



We'll Be Going 

4V 



— — --,. ,— k — h- r -! T |-r^K = — ~ — ' - 



jj^ f ;* " - • u ' v $ &~~ P \r~ 



We'll be go-ing home, our flight 

We'll be go-ing home, we'llbe go-inghome, our flight we soon shall take 



--—a— A— A— A— A- 

""fc* — A * 14 14 14- 

— P — P — D — P — 1?~ 



_a a a a 4J a ,~!~ - i~' p f r" 



- y^~ = rt={^8>— ^==^^-K-^^M= 



HA 14 K- 

c h— n— F 



■p 



:p-: 



:trzhtz=t3=P=t3=t2: 



t» ^ iK f 



:=r=^. 



5-3— g- 



F=t 



fiirfcfefe: 



-k k — k — ^j— ~ 



fTTT~v p p p p p 

we soon shall take, All the sleeping 

sure-ly we shall take, with Je-sus, All the sleeping saints, 



A— A—i*- 



7-5— ; ' r~ — ^ — ~ *" — ~ 

g^=g=-E= = :t=t=:t=t:; 

W P" ! — 1-4 A 14 A A' 

c h— hi— n— h— ft 



D P : u P ~P~ 



-♦ — 

=P= 



:p~p: 



-w- -»- -t» 

-I 1 h- 

-* — # 



f f a ~ 



I 



*=3= 



■L-1- 



:^=E=M 



tfc#^bd==z 



-i£i- 



atf 



fk L. tc k It sr ^s L F F— flk Ik F- 

P P p P p i x " r^J p * 



F F (• F^ 

W 1/ £.;■&■ 
saints that morn - ing shall a-wake; 

all the sleep-ing saints that morn-ing shall a-wake, they shall all a-wake, 



-p^pZZ^-^p: 



gnI=M=S= 






-p— "P - p— p— p- 



EEBG 



=2 



F F l» 

r V. V 

Leav 



— a — a 

{ J 1 X l' 



tefc: 



- ta== ?? — « — f— * 



■=# 



ing earth be-hind, we'll 

re - joic-ing;Leav-ing earth be-hind, Ieav-ing earth behind we'll 



Kfcfe 



i 5 }-^- 






as 



:t=t=t 



A A A A *t 

t=tr— *— * 



gg — n — h — r — t* — A — A — * — * ' — ia — i* — n 



£=£? 



0.S. 




meet them in the air, 

meet them in the air, meet them in the air, And we shall 

Hk- -k- -k- -k- -k- 

: F^t r A A A A. A a\ g 



l-O— U—i, 



=P=P: 



A A A A- 

p—p— P— 17 



=p=S=E : 



—A F K 

"D— p— P 



No. 118. 

W. B. Walbert 
slowly 



What A Glad Day 



James D. Walbert 




1. When the toils of life are end - ed at set - ting of life's 

2. Cares of life will be for -got -ten, and bar -dens all laid 

3. What a great and grand home-com -ing, oh, what a glo - ry 

—A & * -A A * 



grtefzt— t=t=t' 



Br4=ls js _ |4 fc=l&: 



t- 



:p= 




i> U '>> 



b 



p 



t37=&: 



?m D^r 



S^g*N=|^ 




sun, the last setting sun ,And we hear the welcome plaudit, Come in ye faith-ful 
down,will be all laid down,When we reach that love-ly e - den we'll wear a robeand 
day, a glad happy day , When the mil-lions march to-geth ~er a - long the great while- 

-ir i he Is br F — -» m- 



H~a: 



p~P ITU p - ^""^"^ U \T\Tl 



^pf^l^S^s^^ 



one, ye glad faith-ful one;En-ter in to joys su -per-nal with all the glad and 
erown a bright shiningcrown;Hea»en's bells will all be ring-ing a hap -py welcome 
way.the bright glo- rywaj; All re-joic-ing,praises Yetc-tng so hap -py, glad aid 



MAAH 




free, all the glad andfree,That wtII be a glo-ry,day of won-droas vic-to -ry.for me. 

home, a glad wel-come home, To that land of peace and glad-ness, nev-er more to roam.to roam, 
free, ev-er glad and frce,Glo-ry,glo-ry what a day of won-drous vic-to - ry ,for me. 



Chorus 






F * 

What 

What agladday, 

What a 



^ 



W 



M ' b M 

a day of great re - joic-ing,0'er the 

Glo - ri -ous day when we shall 
great re - joic-ing,0'er the 






i l V V V V • 

CoDrrigbt, 1947. by Junes D. Vangban. Haslc Publisher. Id ".Perfect Hearts' 



=5=* 




What A Glad Day 



§te 



SfflS 



sea, Mil - lions' hap-py prais-es voic-ing, 

crosso'erthe sil-v'ry sea Mil-lions will join in hap-py prais-es voic-ing, 

sea, Mil - lions, prais-es voic-ing, 

£2_ r P p_ 

■g — * i »— « EH 



^ 



£- 



^=5=Cs=bp=3 



:<^: 



■3— r p — p— r- f 



:is 






b 



t> b t 

to the 'King; 

nn - to the King, the might -y won - der - fnl King of glo - ry; 

to the King; 




b b p b 4 ^ -" * b b p if M * 

What, oh, what a grand home-coin - ing, o'er the 

What a re-un - ion,what a grand home-corn -ing, when the n-deemed shall gath -er 
What a grand home-com- ing, o'er the 



@^ 



:t: 



1 — 1 » — I — M £ 



i 



:=t 



ffi 



k-=£=fc=fc 



-I- 



£M 



at • a. 



b— $— tf— * 



5— ^— ^==^— b-~f=-"g— 



"J— ^— t^— *— t?— t^-T b 

foam, When we 

in that bright gold - en Cit - y That will be end - less glo - ry, 
foam, When we 



ite 



a 



z:=t=: 



-r* 






W 



IV ,P: *_A_» LA A •_ 



=t 



=* 



zpzzzJ:^: 



reach that home, sweet home. 

sing-ing the won-droussto-ry, when we reach heav - en our e - ter-nal sweet home. 

reach that Cit - y, home, e - ter-nal sweet home. 

-A A U 



^^==P_==P=t= E ±=====«== 






:t 



No. 119. The Splendor of His Grace 

Rev. Dr. Alfred Barratt Austin Williams 



•j ^- .*. .^. .». .*. _*. ^. i.^. .»_ .«>. j, - * 



1.0a my path the light of love is shin - ing, all His countless 
2. In my heart the bells of Joy are ring - ing, there is bean- ty * 
j— a 4 * * — , * a * — * — * 1 

4~— |:==t = r=F ? rz=p=rt=:p= ? =it=z: t==t™t=d 
r^zszz=k = k = :fe = b^=^:=^z=az=|iz=:ts=z:^=z=i=k=a=:d 






H ^ -♦- -♦- -♦- -♦- -♦- ♦- -♦- M-^ -♦- 

mer-cies I can trace, Ev -'ry cloud con-tains a sil - ver lin - ing, 
in the dark -est place, I can hear the an - gelssweet-ly sing - ing, 




* — * — r 



5^=t=t:— t— t= |=t=bp=r- 



^ P P 



t===:t=f-=: 

b u \> u 



ii^ — 4 — 3 — 3 — • • — * — • — * — ■? 



$1 

prom - ise of His love to all the race; Trust -ing in the 
and can al - most see my Sav - iour's face: When at last I 

* fi fc J* 

4 4 * * 1 * A b * A ±- 9 i 1 

.be *_fc:zj:f =:■ f_ zzg | _ =3 



=fc 






love of Christ my Sav-ionr, He doth hold me in His sweet em-brace, 
cross the si - lent riv - er, I shall tru - ly see Him face to face, 

- K li 4 £ p 4 1 p 4 ff r 4 4 4 4 4 — .. 



5f ff— &• — P— ?•— L • — (-, — a — • — — •-— «•-•-• — -i — # — ^ — i- J 



P T r K " b 

Bask-ing ev-'ry moment in His fa-vor, in the gold-en splendor of His grace. 
Thereto dwell in peace with Himfor-ev -er, in the gold-en splendor of His grace. 



m 



* 






■g=3=gq*±M=P=t= 



Copyright 1947 bjr Junes D. Venetian Manic Publisher, in "Perfect Hearts.' 



The Splendor of His Grace 

CnoRUS. 

T p p p P P ^ bl 

In the gold-en splen-dor of His grace, • 

Splen-dor,gold- en splen-dor of His grace,His matchless grace, 

— ; Ji—fr— E—£— E > * -&& ir _ 4 _- l 

:sg=— — Ezzrj7zJz=i^J.^ c z*z=i= Et— jez ?=p=c= j 

I I I I O U P I 

In the splen - dor of His matchless grace, 






~Ffer-3— ^-T^-t^- 



:$=:£=: 



**h- 



W 



s- -♦• ^ -•- ► 



F y P P p u 



-t^- 



*1 m • ■ - 



y P 



"C-5" 



I can see the beau-ty of His face; 

Beau-ty, wondrous beauty of His face, His shin-ing face; 



P SPE 



4 A ~ A^— w - * H A— 






EEI 



P=:p=p— E3 



^=Mtd- 



His bless - ed shin-ing face; 



Bringing out His glo - ry to the race, 

Glo - ry, end-less glo- ry to the race, to all the race, 






hi hii 



a 



p-s- 



^=F 



ff:^ 



-r A A A A * A 1 A i-A A A * A— | 

Bring - ing glo - ry un * to all the race, 

h — F — * » — • — • — #- L # •— u 



f"— §• m ,— Pw 

tf "J" P P P P "J" 
Ev'ry cloud contains a sil - ver lin-ing, in the gold-en splendor of His grace- 

* -K -A- 



mt 



3 J EiEEEEaE^F,= F = F E»Ea 




No. 120. When the Cares of Life are Heavy 

Rev. Walter E. Isenhour E. F. Purvis 

)— A* — 1> — — i < — ■ — ■ 1 1 — * 

?_3L* — *_r^ — ^-^-—.—^ — ^ — * 

1. When the cares of life are heav -y, and my heart is filled with pain, It is 

2. Whentnecares of life are heav -y, you will find in Christ a Friend, Who is 

3. When the cares of life are heav -y, and the wav seems hid from view, Oh, re- 

_a A— r : ■ * A -rK— »— -t — 8 — A — A — *-i 

^P-A-* A — HA A A A A It ft ft \p \) V L) A 1* AH 



^^^a«^. 



£_^_4bLA^_jL_£ 



£•- -w 



,—*—*- 






«>: 



_i — j — — i — ._ B _ B ^_ 



sweet to come to Je-sus,that re- lief I may ob-tain:For I tell Him cf my 
tru - er than a broth-er. and will help you to the end;For He knows jonr tests and. 
mem-berGod is a -ble just to make a pathway thru; As He did for good old 

-A_a_«,__a. 



¥£i 



14 4 A - — 4 4 — 4— r h — I 5 B B H 1^ — 4 — 4-^4—4 — 4—4 






p . y y V y 



/WP- — A A A A— r-~ ~ A— a 1 1 1— pi 1 ~ ~ — A — A — A A — 

troubles as I kneel at His dear feet. And He gives me peace and blessin2,tbat is 
tri - als, knows ;oar heart-aches and your sighs, And thru love and deep compassion, He will 
Mos-es, as He stood be-side the sea, When His hand was upward lift-ed to the 



5-U-# — * — 1 — 
— *-* — p — pZCE 



S=B=«E?r:t= t 



_A_A_ r A_A -,_-_£_ 



:p-p: 



:t=tf=, 



:-iS=s=p=;=j= 



p i> 

,— h — h 



^z=tz=i 



p=p^p-p=u 



_A — A A — , 

— P— I r-3 



P=P= 



Chorus. 



F— ^ ^ W -J.-3 -s— "^-fSr-i *— r~ t~ rr 

X 1 1/ U L/ ' K 



X 11/ 

comforting and sweet. When the cares 

hear yonr humble cries. 

God who set Him free. The cares of 

c ». n tN r\ », 

__£ h a _A l a 1 __J __!l 



3fc 

1 

so 



■— r-l- 

zzzfrit 



heav 



P P P 



life 



are 
r\ 

aL 



so heav-y 

i P P P 







y 1 

my friend, don't 

then my dear broth-er, don't 

a P «] J 1 «j jI «J !j ^__ 



^ 'p - p f p p 

de-spair, 

de-spair, oh, don't de-spair, 



* -m 



*£ 



N JS 



:t 



*: 



^ 



then my friend, do not de 

Copyright 1947. by James D. Vaua-han. Manic Publisher. In "Perfect Hearts. 



spair, 



When the Cares of Life are Heavy 

^g gj=g— — p*— jjzz:^z=:;z=gz=:gz==z H=1zS *z:5=:g= ^=| 

Come to the Lord, Trust in His word, 

If you will come to the Lord and Sav-iour,trust in His word for fa -vor, 






to=J 



b— c p — i — p — D" 









3: 



He will an-swer prayer; 

will an-swerprayer,andblessyou; 






t- 






'.■ p. .k V 
He 

He dear - ly 

iv ft is 

il il i!_ 






For 



He 



Ir-TTr+lr*! ft Hnr- 



p 1 D 

loves His chil 

loves, yes, 

ft ft ft 

Sj 4l 2| *— r-q 4- 

|&Jk_— "IT,*' 



m — t — k k k _ 

P £ P 1 P P P 

dren, and cares 

He loves His chil - dren, and cares for 

ft ft ft 



fc=t=Z=£ 



h r> 



£- 



l r l 



C==— =; 



— (= 



ft 






loves His 


Ho - 

A?- 


iy 


chil 


- dren, ( 


ares 


for 


«Lr> jT " • 

Fir ■ 


it*— w- 


— ft - 


* m 




Jl ■ 


?- — l 


m" *1 k. *1 i — j 




t* ^ p ' P "p p 

for His own, 
all His own, for 

__1 ,tLA_ h_ J__jl 


P 

all 

— »— 


His own, 


v P P 
He comes with 


Com-fort to lend, 
corn-fort to lend, 

-»- f- ftA -»- ' 







-t c b — ! 


EEEE t fc^ - 




* — 

5= =^-b— 


-=i — x 


-P 1 P * B 



all His own, 



2 1 t_ — t_g4_|5j|_r g _ kr _«_ k _ B _ 

f p p p r 

won-der-ful Friend, Best that I have knoffn,that 1 haw knowo- 

His fa -vor, won-der-ful Friend, and Saviour, 






[* *. Sw- -l»- 1 

_ i i lip 1 1 . 

c±g=r— p— n— P: 






r ^=^=-_ 5 = F*Erz=ir: zzr*z 



t=t: 



_r r _. 



No. 121. 

Adger M. Pace 



Home Eternal 



H. R. Sharpe 



P^4E&=tJzz:-|zj8i=2£2=:^:£=2zE*— ?zz^zzzzzzzz±zz 

u - 9 - -,- y - 9 - 

1. There's a glad hap-py tho't in knowing that when life on this earth is o'er, 

2. When we hear our 1 Ee-deem-er call-ing we will all then a - rise and go, 

3. There'll be joy for the saintsfor -ev -er whenwe all gath-er o - ver there, 

-A- -*- -A- -A- -*- -*- 

— _ w _ k _ r ^_^_pL_H k _(t_T— *___«_ "t_:tz_t-_t"— -f_"f_ 
zt^4 = pzzpzEp=^^==tn=t2=U=P=P=ti=:tp^^^=^=^=t2=: 



spd^t^fef 



Szi 



fFSzzrE? 



I 



1 S 



zzzjz:^ 



--2=1 






Far be-yond the stars is our home,sweet home 

Be-yond the stars is home, sweet home; 

. R fi) h hJ. 

s s s s — 



1 X 



AA±}1 



-^r— S- 



S2 



fc* 



3£=S=S^P 



-D — P — t? 






Bless-ed tho't we will soon be go - ing there to live on the gold - en shore, 

Whenwe see that the night is fall- ing we will soon leave the earth be -low, 

We will meet by the shin-ing riv - er on that day, with the an -gels fair, 

A- -aV -*- -*- -*- -*- 

— k _ «_^_^_a h: _ft_-E'_« — — e_ tz_zzztz_ztz_tzztz_ 

W ^-pZZt2zE ^ — fci— t^ ^ =^Zt2Z=pZ=UZZt3=EUZZtJZZtJzZ^ZZ^ZZt2ZZ 



i=F*r-g 



4U- 



*=* 



Chorus. 



:^zjz=a^=fcpg^ ^^= ^#^:±- -t T -f>- ¥ zfi: 
Ei-izzjz:^Z3z;i=EzJz±Ezzzzz=Ez=^2zazt=zzizzzSz 



^_Jz2ztz±2— * 
Over there is home, street 
To join the sing-ing Death heaven's fair dome. Beyond the stars is home,svreet 

g * * # I * 1 » 

si 






ZKZZZftzfi 



£=f= 



rfj=t?=t£=fn— * " ■■:■. s l i - 



i? 3-2-3-2-*-* c_l_^_ ¥ z3 • — __ r . ^ z^-*— 



home,oiir e-ter-nal home, Where the saints shall live for aye,skall live for aye, 

home, onr home, Where all the saints shall live for aye, 



>_«L.«L_^_* 



-1 



^1 



P^=fcP=t 



i jvj j *i « «i j j ^ •■- -■- *• 

^zz7EaEEz=zzzz:az: 
z£z=tRzzzzz:zzbz: 



'-V- 



Copyright 1947 by James D.Vangban Music Pabliaher. Id "Perfect Hearts.' 



Home Eternal 



SES^ES^= 






Hap-py home of rest for all of the saved and blest, 
It is a home of rest for all the blest, 



-p: 



S=tC 



t= 



: P=> 



~P 



Hi 






They for-ev -er there shall stay,shall for-ev -er stay; I mean to 
And they for-ev - er there shall stay; 

n i - , ft J ' K J> « ' , fr - ' " ' tf . h ft ■ > jv h ^ 

*1 ^ _ 1 -■- -■- -■- -■- 1 -*- 1 -■- w WW W w — 

7 — a — • — £-F»- ■— — F ; = — ^5 — 



£= 



: — Lt — L-#— ♦ - ♦ #1 ^ ~»— 3— ♦- -♦—♦—♦—♦ — 2 — ♦ — «— ♦-^■r-- 3 — 3 3 — 

A-i .__ — i ! l ^^.__ m — i a — m — i — - m* — , _ — 



live up there some glo - ry day, When I have crossed the 

¥es,to lire up there some day, hap-py glo-ry day, I hare crossed the 



._ ^_*_^_*_ 



_^_ «_it_«_^_p_:f. 






0—0—0 — 

fLJ -I — 



bil • low's foam, And while the end - less a - ges 

bil - low,s foam,the bil-low's foam, While the endless a - ges, 



te 



lulnlllMJl 



tt 



-A- -*- -*- -A- 

-I 1- I (—„-■- 

-k— k— Ik— k =1 k- 

rfEjzjgEzHg: 



§ 



£« 



:=f5 



^^zt— ♦—♦—♦— 3—* - w— ♦ — — E*z=*— ♦— lE 



trt=j=: 



=tc- 



afip- 



pass a-way,I'll praise my Sav-ionr up there in that home, 

a -ges shall pass a- way, Sav-ioor up there in that home, that hap-py home. 



-■- -■- -a- 

u u r 

iap-py home. 

- J a ^ *- 



*=«=^=g 



:t2=P 



-p-p-r 



No. 122. Pray For Me 

Mrs. L. W. C. (To our beloved Ministerof the Gospel.Rev. Oscar Maye.) Mrs. L. W. Carr 



te^^j£^j£££ii^a 



1. As I tra-vel on life's journey, head-ed for my home, sweet home,Sa - tan 

2. Oft the way is dark and drear-y, and the shadows dim the way,Tri - als 

3. Pray that I willkeepon go-ing till I reach that home a-bove, Where I'll 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- m m 



-j— F F— r | 1 1 1 F 1 1 r k k fe fc k E te 1 



m^m^ m^^^ ^^ 



.. *A-J- 

of - ten tries to tempt me, bids my wear-y soul to roam;Then I askyoupraying 
come, and cares up- set-ting, dim the brightness of the day ;Then if you will call on 
live with my Eedeem-er, and with those I dear- ly love;ThenI'lljoin the happy 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -* -A- -A- -A- 

Jtr_tr_t_T-_1:i_«_-F_-F-^w_ te _ k _w_p-F-F- r "t=-:E_t:--t:i_ 



gdQ= F=p — F= =A-=|A-=fc|s 



S 



P=t2=t3=t3=t2=t2=l2--t3: 



^— 9 — 9— 9— »— h-h-Fp— fr— fr— p— 



f=W= 



3CZ|c=iS=|iZZ 



j tegllj^£#£^^^^p jp 



christians, in- ter-cede for me in love, Pray that I'll be true and faith-ful till I 
Je - sus, He will hear and an-swer prayer, Drive a- way the darkest shadows and my 
sing-ing, praising Himwhoset mefree,AndI'll nev- er get thru thanking all the 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- * m -A- -A- A- -A- -A- 

_t_F_t-_-t-_ r t--tr- f— £— - £—?— ^--t-_t-t_t-l:^«_F-F- 



§^^ ^_EgEBE&^EEBi ^E^E^E^^ 



Chorus. 



^^^ 



CT 



■5=^=5 



»=WS 



: — *— p-Ji 



MM 



:& 



reach my home above. Pray for me, 
heav - y burdens bear, 
friends who prayed for me . Oh ,pray for me , 

_ k „ F __ k 



while here I jour-ney, 



here I jour-ney 



s? — ~ k ~ i k — r — k — f~f 



g-jA 



t±=fc=*=p=t 



BEBE 



£=»=&: 



?g^ Pi— « — *— «— * — — - ■» 

pt»- ♦-F« a— P— *— «- 



:3: 



^=^=^=3=5: 



:0c 



Pray that I will faithful be, 

And pray that I will faith-ful be, 



^? — p — P — tr* 

Oh, pray that 



f _ f _f_« 



tr~D D t>~ 



-k 5 1 — r 



tnztcztcz* 



Copyright 1947. by James D. Vanfrhan. Manic Publisher. In "Perfect Hearts." 



s 



n n n r> 



Pray For Me 



«= 



fcr 



_rM*-b-£- 



^6> ♦ — ♦ — F*^ -0 



p ' K •* P 

I may live still closer To the Lord 

Yes, pray that I live still clos-er Un-to the Lord 

-*- -A- -*- A- -air A- A- A- 

— ___ r — JLE3EJE r _t-_t_t-t: 



:z=t2=P=t2: 



k =3=S- 



:E=:=t2=:lP=t2=t2=^&it2=:p = t3=p= 



?— tnrVF 5 






whodiedfor me; I want my light 

who died for me; I want my light to shine for 



-«- •■- -■- -(•- *| X 

a=iEiiitippp 



5dt 



-N^l « 



-(*-?• — 



t±= 



-^-^-e^ 



tti=$=?zzi 



fcfc 



[4 1^-^— * ♦ 



fr 



; — « — — 



-h — h — h — Pi- 






32* 



lH 



shine for Je - sus, And point lost souls 

Je -sus, And point lost souls to Cal - va- 

[> ,r> ■ > h n h n 

* — — ^ — " * _ i - - — — i * 



-A- 






=B=£ 



^-- P-r^P- — — — ^i — *—b—±n 

— —^ — -J — 






to Cal- va - ry, And when I cross the si - lent 

ry, And when I cross 






11 



.ft — # — * 



1 JL *. Ji 



te=53====£=£* 




Je£es 



, — A S— a- 1 ■&- 

1 U T. T iT h" F 



m 



E 



1 c c u f P. :p B p . 

I want my Lord to welcome me. 

si-lent riv- er, I wantmy lord to welcome me,to welcome me. 

-*• -A- -A- -A- FV -A- h h h h I 

* ^^fcds=t^=^zzfc^zt=gz:t3=:t3=t=Effc-=z==:= 

F^fr-h-P P-P-\\ 



=t2=lP=t2=t2= 



No. 123. 

H. A. H. 



Just a Few More Days 



z 4- » — ♦ — * — ft- 



•<?<- 



1. Just a few more days 

2. Wnen He calls for me 

3- Come a-long dear friends, 



H. Archie Harbin 



P=$=$ 



--t--^—i 



and my soul shall 
I will glad- ly 
won't you go with 



s 



m 










^ — h- 



SSi 



^_^_ 

=*== 



To that sun-bright clime 
From the things that harm 
To that land of rest, 



1 — p. 



^ k fczrsrzls— |i— ^: 



B±eB=3=S=S 



F=I3 



-A- -*- -*- 

-I— -I— -(— 
h. Is k 

V — 9 — 9 — 






£=3=*=: 



^ 



IT 



on the gold -en shore, on the gold - en shore; I shall leave this 

in this world be- low, in this world be-low; I am read - y 

o'er the mys - tic sea? o'er the mvs - tic sea? I will look for 

.# * :p p m. 




world 

now 

you 



--p— r- 0— tr- \r 

in my Sav-iour's arms 

, for the glo - ry ride, 

on the gold-en strand, 



Se^I 



n — ti— p— p — ■ 



*=^=^ 



:3=l=l 



$= 



JL:> 



/hP-h>-» n™ 1 ™ — Y& - • P • 1 1 1 



And shall ride with Him 
For I know my barque 
With a wel- come glad, 



l§^=i^[s=» 



where there are no 
He will safe - ly 
to the glo - ry 

:£L_3f _j£_- y -T Ic^jc — * — iv; 



1=f 






D. £. to my home, sweet 



Cevrrlgni 1947 br Jemon D.v«o«h»o Mniic Publisher, la ••Perfect Heart*.' 



J, 



Just a Few More Days 

Fine. Chorus. 










p p 



storm s, where there are no stnrms.Jast a few more days, 
guide, He will safe -ly guide, 
land, to the glo - ry land. 

h /> j> P P h 



bs — | — i — i— ^^i- 



»■ 



4=4 



-t, 



=1 



Just a few more days t 



2— p: 



P"—p: 



home, to my home,sneet home. 

',- m~q — — S— — c 5 !: & fV 



fe 



-b — t^" 



-f — ►■- 
-p — P" 



-Iv— 45 



N- 



. — .— g- 



r< 



just a few more miles, 



Just a few more 



just a few more miles, 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- 



T^ 



-p=^=p: 



-» — » — 



tears, just a few more smiles; 

Just a few more tears, just a few more 

-±- -A- -A- -A- -A- » . m - . 

, .f— t_t_t — tr — ^ c — £—£—£ -^£ -- g 



L^i 1 — ft — ft — ft — ft — ft-— =1 5 H — i 1 1 1 < 

p p 5 u y 

P — al ad p—*\ -g -i 

u 8 •?• 9 



fe*=* 



-# # r-# — 



Just a few more sighs, 



m 



Just 

-«_ 
is: 
:p=P=p 



a few more sighs, 

-A- 

_ F — F — ft — -p 

i 



Then my Lord will 



^i— fr- i $ . h n b 



D.5. 

W=^===z======^la 



|E^ 



,P=^=a_ A __ a_ par ==PR 

* — m- -ft — ♦ — *— Y& ♦— ■} 



come, And I'll fly a - way 

then my Lord will come, And I'll fly a - way 



-*- -A- -A- 



A- 



JMLJfc 



§,-— is k k k k 1 ft ft F F F— 



No. 124. Deep in the Love of Jesus 



J. E. M. 



J. E. Marsh 



i3=^=3=^BE-: 







1. Deep in the love of Je- sua, I've found a place of prayer, of prayer, There I 

2. Love is my song and sto - ry.love is the message true, so true, Lovemakes 

3. I'm so in love with Je -sus, He 'sail the world to me, to me, Noneelse 



,- r A r J-£-A- 



•5-J2^-» — • — • — ■ }— f-j— — r<s>-V» — 0- 

•^Ij-ji-A A A A A— h±s — s£s-pr B- 

— ^T— — u~ I — t-l — \- zr=E - 



-4- 



Z-Z-^==^: 



±=.t=-tl=i=z-w—p- 



-_ L( __ r _ h 



i=*=*= 



r=p- 



fir& — «j A 1— I 1 — i£J- -*! — — H— a A — 1 — k^ ^4 — I 1 1 1 — ™— 



can go each moment, and He will meet me there,yes, there; He drives away my 
me want to please Him,in ev -'rv-thing I do, I do: Love keeps me always 
can sat -is - fy me, none is so true 'as He, as He; And when I get to 

■- A _ ^ ^ A 



A— A _._ A_ A— A 






^— £: 



I b b i i- 



:£=tt: 



.»._♦__ _ 



t=t^zEp=*=p 



.a_a_ A_ •_' 

-■ — (- — •— § — 



:i-»-tzzt=: 




i—— I 1 1 — 1 — *— f~- 4^— J-F* — a — «d — 4 

° iii 

sor-row,gives me a song to sing, to sing, 

sing- ing. just like the birds in spring, in spring, I am deep in love with my Re- 

heav-en,this is the song I'll sing,I '11 sing, 

-k- -k- -k- 

A— * — a — a — « — a_ ^a — a — a__a — A_.zt"_:t"_:t: 



.A A * ♦ *- r A * A_ _A AC _C C A_ A ft- 

t=t=zt^^^S=^zzrfc--X==r5z:.Et=t=t— rffc^ft 



.-4-4^_ 



Chorus. 

:=rf>=4^=4^: 






deemer,Christ,mj King,my King. 



—I — ! — t- 



v F I? 
I am deep in love with my Ee-deem 

dear Redeemer, 

r\ i\ r\ 

.sj a! a 1 a 1 



A_LA_ r A-f?- r -l— j — i r * — A A- 

fcg u" F — I — HI — F--r "^ 5 r — — ' ' 1 ' ' ' — 

Wfol — I 1 — \- \- — U- |-A- ■ -|-A— A— A A A A A A— 



r 






f±-$=: 



♦ *.♦.♦ 

i b U b b 



=Efcfc 






er, 



i£p=i 



my re-deem- er, 
& ^ & f> 



Tru8t-ing Him to take me safe -ly thru this world of 



r 



—--A— A— A— —- J!-*) g — 



:fc: — a — it 

pHMHJ 



: g-p~tr 



Copyrig-ht 1947. by Junes D. Vsairtian. Mnalc Publisher, In "Perfect Hearts." 



^T=F^ 



Deep in the Love of Jesus 






siaand sor-ruw; He will ne? - or leave me,aodnill not de-cehe me, He 

Re-mem-bers, and is al-waj» 

■»— mm - k»— »— 0—W—0— #-H »-■— H— I t— 1- 

Xr f ry s:-s=s. — ..y^zppzt! 1 



PP 



F=^=g^ 



:rf-^=^=^==^==^ 



-A *| M A A P- — 7 s ) P— | 



true; Till I join the mil- lions o - ver 

true, is al - ways true and faith-nil; join them 

"I X 

» at — 1»- 



p -^p— " 



: =^=R=F5 



» — » — • — # — i 1 — —'t.—' 

P P P P P"~" 



-M * * ' 



-£ 



fc* b 



r^r 



li 



■f i 5 3.1 

yon der, In that hap - py song of 

o - ver yon-der, o - ver yon-der, 

n S ft P '■" h - ^ & r> r^ 



r- 






:t=t=: 



V—T-trr\r--$ 



fcfcp 



^=^1^=^=3=^=^=^: 






^ , !!• - - ' * ' - g* 

praise to sing,'to sweet-ly sing, I'll keep on tell- in g here be-low, where-so- 



W P— f — n-hb — .* — = — A — b ' — b — b — b — b b — b~ 



:=y=tp 



bp— pznp— p: 



:pz=p=:- 



fe 



_^_!^__^-,-P-t--K— N--J— J- f 



ev » er I may go, I am deep in love with Christ my King.my Lord ; 






* N h N 

- iL - ii — 5 r p-p-p-t? c i : a 



No. 125. The Story Grows Sweeter 

W. B. Walbert James D. Walbert 







1. There's a message true and grand,ringing o -ver, sea and land, The met-est sto-ry e'er 
2. All the pn-ets cf the earth cannot pen it's matchless worth, No mortal ev - er can 
3. For the whole wide world lie died, on the cross was era- ci-fied, My biess-ed Saviour and 






z^n^z±~ 




— t:fs 



'■' * v i/ i 

told, that e'er was told; 
know,tbey can-not know; 
Friend, my Saviour Friend; 



*— *-±-b»-. 



££S 



H 



*P 



-=t-5- 



Tell - ing of the Ho- ]y One.God'sBe got -ten, 
All ' the iul-ness of the plan,lhat was wrought for 
Naught but this, and this a- lone, could for all our 

-k— s ^-rk — k k 

:tt=^Earft:izt=i=t:=: 



:£— JE= i=3z 



v v ¥ 
Chorus. 



•j - -ar~* w .... * ^ ... ... ... ^ p— 

(/ i/ v J y y V y 
On - ly Son, A sto - ry that nev-er grows old, that ne'er grows old. 
sin - ful man, His blessings and grace to bestow,graceto bestow. "TisRweet-er each 
sins a-tone,Andgive us sweet rest in the end,rest in the end. 

-k — s — « - t_ r «__ — k— B^ — fe-Pk- r ^ « | i — *— a)- r 




-fUU>- 






to hcay'n a-bove; 



Filling the world with cheer, 

Mak-ingclear-er, 



H * ^ v « I in? P 



Coprrurht. M«7. by Jura D. Vavhan. Maria FabHaaar. In "Pwfcet Hurts. 1 



ililpilpp£^f§il 

R d v I u d v * " u 



The Story Grows Sweeter 



i 



Bringing sweet heav -ennear, Wonderful sto-ry, full of God's glo-ry,nev-er grows 
heav-ennear-er, 'Tis full of God's glo - ry, 









fe±E 



■^r— 5- 



,g_J__Jl 



old. 



and ne'er grows old. 



p u 



-^f 11 ^"- 



r 



k> p 

'Tis glo- ri-ous news 



to all of Adam's lost 



News to all 



s P-b— ! — p— »— E— » — L — — — P — I — b — 



-^-p-p-p 



t=p=p: 



fatz^r: 



r4-J— J^jM— s 3 



r 



^rTf^ 



race, Sal -va-tion andcleans - ing thru His mar- vel- ous 

of Adam's race, Cleansing thru 



g^E^g^gsEl^ii^ 



^ — 1: 



-^—^ — fr_ ^-^-^-|__ . _ft_fr_£.jij> 



1 



3=5J 



Sz, 



Ti— d— ■— ■ 



P^ 



-*-ir-rr 



- a r-s- 



r — w 



fc: 



r"£~ 



IP p 



5» 



grace; 

His marvelous grace; 



g V y . y « u v b ;g- p. p 

Tell itwher-e'er you go, that all the whole world His lofe may know, 
Tell it where yon go, world may know. 



L. 

— — — k— k — k— k — k r k — k— k— k— k 1-^— J—*- H ^ "i-*j 

PPPPP P P P p P r 






„&. 



-Mi- 



.-z&C^^z^r 



~P~ 5 -# — ■-"" F" 

S t) p 



PR 



Till you reach heaven, beau-ti -ful heav-en.home of the soul. 

Beach heav • en up yon - der, sweet home of the soul. 






No. 126. 

w. c. c. 



I Know There is a God 






Walter C.Carter 






1. How beau-ti - ful is this love - ly old earth, with flow- ers in 

2. What more could I want while go - ing this way than walk -ing with 

3. The more of His hand I plain - ly can see in ev - er - y 

_A A A A— r: 

fefe=fet=t==£==t: 



^fi-4-* 



tHr- r 



A A A A 

A A \A \A -\ 



v b n b [> \> \> & —& 



bloom, re-veal-ing their worth, I know there's a God a won-der-fnl God in 

Him who hears when I pray, 

thing He has made for me, There's a God 



g^E|Hg 



tiAl^M 



£=p 



- 1— g- 



*££#*= 



-v- 



_l 1 u 






®=S4 



• — q — s 



£=«=3: 



-* 41- 

— I 1- 



P P b b b u 

He made the great stream that we shall 
heav-en a-bove, in heav-en a.-bove; He cheers me when dark aDd gloom-y 

The sun and the moon that shin-eth 

*> X 

A— •— • = = = » A 



Spite— te-p-:^=p: 



-b-tf~e- 



— A — ■ i b ■ # p# A 



-b— b— t? 



tr-tr-^fT" 






soon cross and purchasedsal - va -tion from the great loss, 

the night and fill - eth my soul with per-fect de- light, I know there's a 

a - bove, to me they all prove His won-der-ful love, 

_4L 



A A A A— r A A m m m ,« 

b b b- n tr^ ^. 



v— « — « — -I— 



§ 



?~0 _tr T 



^■> G n~S~ 



r* 

God a won-der-ful God in heav-en a •bove, in heav-en a-bove. 
There's a God 



Copyrieht. 1947. by Jimii D. Vauchu. Mule Poblitk.r. In "P.rfect He»rt..' 



►— Siss 



m 



Chorus 






I Know There is a God 



How won-der- ful is the love of this Friend,the mak - er of earth, ere- 

' =i— p— P— g— p~ L P— P — 



*=^ 



=1 — S- 






X ' "p ^ p 

a - tor of men, I know there's a God, a won-der -ful God, in heav-en a 

There's a God, 



izgEEfeEEE* 



^|=|=^=, 






-A ,* 



-p— ^— t^— b— p- 3 



^tr5~5~r^ 



=£=f^ : 



- p u TS b u u 

bove, in heav-en a-bove;In beau-ty, with Him, I'm press-ing a-long, 

-^ = - — * — tf — ^ — p-^-~ ■ c 



£ 



fe — fe — *— 4> 



fc— k. 









still sing - ing my theme in won - der - ful song, I know there's a 

r\ 

*! 



tj-t- A A A A — r A A * S ? 

*9- — It 1* * It r-h' ^h P P ^ 

— p— $— $— p- r P— s —*— ^ ^ 



3 — S- 



#N 






— -^«\ 

35 


£ 


-6 41 

— s — ±— 




=F=^ 


_ =^fr 


1 

-fl 


^ — =i — y 3 *- 

e7 ' ^ b fj 

God, I know there 
There's a 

m J J- 


sa God 
God 

-=e— r- 


— *— 
in 

4-- 


—ii * — 

heav-en 

s s 


a - 

■it- 
p- 


p p P b 

bove, in heav - en 


a-bove. 


SjJ L . 






w= 




-4— V- 


-P- 


--n£t 


*— 

— 4r 


H 



No. 127. I am Leaving this World 



L. 0. B. 




5-IV-k- 



L. 0. Brock 



£: 



mf^m^m 



A[ 1 |_L H . 

H 0— L « 



1. I can't stay here 

2. I've al-most served 

3. It seems I bear 



so ver - y much long- er, this I know, 

my time in this low-land, filled with care, 

the glo- ry bells ring-ing, o -ver there, 



&: 



:4£!Er=EE= 



-P—F 

:te=|s 



ir=jf=q*=* 












For I have a home 
And 1 want to go 
In the land of bliss 



- * A * p * A 

; ^_^_ rrr ,_ p J 

on the oth- er shore,on the other shore; 
to the oth- er8hore,to the other shore; 
on the oth- ershore,on the other shore; 



-tw- -*r- ~w- rw- —<r; f 

•s-b-fc-s =i hs — ■ — ■ — ■ — ■ — ■— I 1 — —t 1 — i 

#==rrl3==zt^feiril3zzEEE3E!!=£ 



mnr 






:p=t3: 



1 




And the pull from there 
I am read- y now 
And it seems I hear 



;te 



i * * 

-A 1* *- 






is growing much stronger, I must go, 
to go to that homeland, o-verthere, 
the saint-ed ones singing,in the air, 
:•: :f: >. >. 

-j* * f- j jfc-r* — A— *— *— ifc-~| 



? — :•—•—•— — c *— *ttH -h— •— i-H— ^-^ 



P t, 9 V | 
And live in thathome of peace and love for - ev - er-more,for - ev - er-more. 
And be with my friends and loved ones there to part nomore, to part no more. 
They're bid-ding me come and live with them for- ev - er-more,for - ev - er-more. 

i -A A — A A— i-*---* A- - A — 



E==p:=E-Fzc=zrr _ A ~3 

r- -v 



I 



Chorus. 



:^.g; 



£- 



Jzi^^^Eij 



Leav-ing 
I am leav- ing this world, 



SE 



¥& 



m 



~t 



^s 



this world, 

with 

_o_ U» -ii a. 



its sor - cow and 



^#ee*=ee:£ 



Copyrluht 1947 by JameB D. Vaoehftn Music Pablisbor. in "Perfect Hearts. " 



I am Leaving this World 



woe, 



sor-row and woe, For a beau -ti » ful Cit - y whose streets are all 



^ -frfi — ! — ■ J- — p — p — m r fr— h 5 — 5 — ■ — 5 — 9 — ■ 






, T-vr* 



+£=t 



=ff 



W 



m=^^m^i 



::ft 



> — « — #— n*- 



"5" %% 5 & 



P 



paved with the pur - est of gold, with the pur - est of gold; 

h 



M * * P P * i-b 9 m- 



:*=£ 



'fe=-^i 



?— 0— 0— p— 5~ Lt3: 



:0=£ 






•> ^— •=• -♦- 



f I T f y " 



r- 



"T-g- 



There to live with my Lord, 

Live with my Lord, 



and the ones that I 



: gg-q S : ^— p $—y 



tUtf-fc 



b & ■ > • ' ft p 






-• — « *- 



know, I am leav-ing this world for that won- der- ful 

Those that I know, 

*i_ 4 * * * — _ A_1t_lL.Jt__l^_-ltL_Bp F_P_ 



fi 






t 



i> ? u p 

nev - et grow old. 



u p 

Cit - y where they nev - er grow old, where they 

ff t- - - *. * ^ i i i i i i 1 i 






i^ee^ee: 



-^ 



No. 128. 

Rev. Dr. Alfred Barratt 
Slow. 



Hold Fast Your Faith 



G. Kieffer Vaughan 



1. Holdfast yourfaith, 

2. Holdfastyourfaith, 

3. Holdfastyourfaith, 






* A 41 Al— 






faint not nor fear, 
the Sav-iour knows, 
till storms are past, 



51 



m 



m m m m m *^ . 



' 4-9~- 



B3 



:5=3=5=:5=*=|4 






^ 



il 



E3± 



The tri - umph day 
When life is fraught 
Then He will bring 









y y ""V * ^ 
is draw-ing near, is draw-ing near; 
with grief and woes, with grief and woes; 
you home at last, you home at last 







Trust in the Lord, 
Be not dis-mayed, 
To dwell with Him, 

1 X 1 h h N h 

^E5z=p=* = t— ===== =*=_- ==3*=E 



nor e'en de-spair, 
in shine or shade, 
in per -feet love, 
•i 

=1- 



^e— q — g- 









^U 



§ 






He waits to hear 
Trust in the Lord, 
In yon-der home 

3 § *1_ 



IN N 

.«L_iL 



and an-swerprayer,and an-swer prayer. 

be not a-fraid, be not a-fraid. 
pre-pared a- bove.pre-pared a -bove. 



:t: 






Chorus. Faster 



4n 



:*si 



-^ — J. 



1 



i — — H- 



:*—*: 



3-f- 



£=£: 



^3=stotjt#fe 



*—*—*— ■• — — 



5=5: 



Holdyoar faith in Him, all your faith in Him, thru the shadows (ftp, 

Holdfast yourfaith in Him, press on 

---■i£M^_ _i_j_ . 



& 



S^tte 



-s- 



r 



£* 



^fr^sr 



tap 



1 



* 



5 



lti==tr=U==U=S^ 



Copyright 1947 by James D.vaaghan Mnaic Publisher. In "Perfect Hearts 



Hold Fast Your Faith 



iaa< — *_]_» 1 - — m — . — m — ■ — — — m 1 1 1 — 3 1 — « 



drear -y shad-ows dim, Noth-ing now to dread, 
thru shad-ows dim, There's noth - ing now to 

"kAJL. JL r A Jri^^--,M-^ 



<w~ 



-tP=t2= 



-| ^— r* — ■* — *- 



-p— p- 



nothing now to dread, by Him you are led, 






by the Saviour led; 



dread, 



if by 



jff. 



-A— A- 



5=^^=P=t=rg:-=^ 



-F— F — F — F- 

t tr-F = b = F 



17 



Him you are led; 

— § ■ — 



■s 1 - 1 - 



l # — #— p — F — »^1 




^-U-M4 









The dark - ness of the night, will soon 

Darkness of the night, of the drear-y night, soon be tamed to light, 



_A— A— A — 



*=* 



ffc§^J^=F=^ 



?- p- 



A— A— A- 

-F » I— 



-W- -k- -k- -Ik- 

-t_t_ t^tr_ 



■ U :U,'V. V:'& . 






W-* u — h h 



*=£ 



-[-si g — » — -H 1— -J 



r B , 

be turned to light, And faith, some morning 

heav-en's shin -ing light, Faith, some morning bright, 

._£ Jfc- -fc. .£_ .fc.. 

:^— — fc— £ — IP — t? — I rj*~ r~ f~ f — F~ — _ 1 



-e 1 — 



E3E 



— *- 



U; 



-j^4 ^ ft, 






^: 



bright, 



♦npc 
L, - - k p 



will all be changed to sight, 

glo - ry morning bright, will all be changed to sight, faith will all be changed to sight. 

-— A— F— ^— F-!* 1 — A .t t t- f f t t ^ , ^' ~ ^ A 



tt 



£*-£=£ 



k 



^- r # — » — # — # — # — F — — 0—f 1 



No. 129 ? 

R.G. 



Heaven's Celebration 



Ray Griggs 



$=&=& 



:^=^5=H5z=^>: 



ii-^=: = t5~45=45=^: 



1. I'm go - ing to a eel - e - bra-tion, yon - der in the sky, "Where 

2. I hear the joy-bells sweet-ly riLg- ing, o - ver on that shore, I 



__ A A A A A A A A : ^ 

t>~ 4 * — ri* — f — * — * — ;* — * — * — -* — r * * , * * * — i*~l 






-1= 



therewill be no dis • ap-pointment,and no sadgood-by; Oh, "what a 
hear so ma - ny voic- es sing- ing that I've heard be-fore; Oh, lis - ten 



&*- 



'£££=£=£=£--?=£ 



P 9 n 1 — 

h h — P — »— 



F — P- 

p/=p.— p: 



:C=p: 



-* A- 

p— p- 



^^*^fe?=pJt5E5E5^5EEEpEE5EjE£E5 



-A A d— h-K K 1 



giizg: 



* 



hap- py meet-ing when we gath - er on that shore, Pll shake glad bands with 
to the songs that's com-ing from that land of day, It makes me want to 



A A ,-A A A A Ai A r A A A * 



"^— P — D — p— P 



±: 



# 







*=2 



-*-- J> 



Chokus. 



£ ^,±zpto 






i 



all my loved one's who have gone be-fore. I'll shake 
join that cho- rus, soon I'll fly a- way. 

I'll shake 



Shake 

hands 



J 



hands with 

hands with 

with 

M 



P^ — E — g p-fr — fr — P-^P= I ^-t : --F,A— P g- - v ; .;-=--■ - 



r 



ii 



f£=fe: 



* 



I want to shake the hands of 



f 


P 


p 


u 


*e 


ter, 




old 




old 



with Paul 
Pe- ter, 
Pe- ter, John 



with 
and 

h 

_aL_ 



and Matthew, And 

Paul and Saint Matthew, 
Paul and Saint Matthew, And 



r> i> 



JL 



'£— g — I— pt- 



-#p: 



5=^=P 1 » =d f^=B=rT =1t 



Pe -ter, James and John. Saint Paul and then with old Mat-thew, 

Coorriiht. 1947. b» JTamoe D. V»ogb«n. Mule Publisher. Id ".Fwfcet Hearta' 



And 




Heaven's Celebration 



£e± 



- 2 i- 

join 
join 



in the cho 



And 
tbem 



join in 
in 



rus 
the 
the 



up there 
cho -rus, with 

cho-rus, there with 



P 



ft ft -W- 



-h — f>- 



— k.— 
P 

with the 
the 

the 






join them in the cho-rus, sing-ing o- ver there, in heav-en,with the good and 



•JUj 



-D — ►. — 



£==£ 






1 



„ y K "^ 
true; What glad, 

good and true; What 

good aud true; What hap - py, 

IS b ft ft I 

A ■•■ d _ it Jk!_ 






J 

hap- py sing - ing 

hap- py, glad 

glad sing - ing 

*. >s 

■■■J* 



that will 
sing- ing 
'twill 



1 



£2~ 



%£± 



true; 



What glad and hap- py sing-ing, mu- sic will be ring- ing, 



EEEEpJE 







be 



m 

up 

op 

ft 
g 



dfe = #--*=r=t;p 



heav-en fair, With I 

in heav-en fair, 
there in heav-en fair, With I 

ft ft is ft ft ft h 

a il £ a' *L il ' 



With 
saac 



u v 

saac and 

I - saac 

and 



yon-der in the heav-ens fair, 



fef5=M=i=b=l= 



With A -bra-ham and I - saac, 




£ 



=£±3 



Dan - iel, 

and 
Dan - iel, 



they all 
Dan- iel, 
They all 






'ill 



will 
will 
will 

i 

JL 



all 



-l»- 

:) y v d v 

be there. 

be o - ver there. 

be 



h 



D 



ft 



SEE£ 



=S=*=£ 



U 



r 



Ja- cob and old Dan- iel, all the Pro-phets will be there. 



No. 130. Climbing With My Saviour 



Chas. W. V. 




mE£=*E5E$E£=£^$E& 



G. Kieffer Vaughan 



£ 



^— *=$=: 



1. Climbing 

2. Hap-py 

3. Climbing 

-A 



3: ♦ ♦ ♦ -T :£ "f 

up the way to my home e-ter-nal, in that land be - 

on the way with my Lord and Sav-iour, tho' the way be 

on with Christ, soon the gates will o - pen to that home up 

A A * A* A A — . 41 A A A 

pzztzzhiTzzizzz Wzzzwzzz 



^zt—\L—t—<r=--—t—t—t—t- 
t> $ V P $ $ P P 



-F 1 hF 

:fc= P =Efc3: 
P V 



p 

yond the sky, Go - in g where the flow -ers are bloom-ing ver-nal, 

rough and steep, Peace He gives to me since I share His fa - vor, 

in the sky, Joy will fill my soul when the plau-dit's spok- en, 



:t2=.|sz:EB=;fc 



P P 




♦- ^ -♦- 



I shall reach it by and by; When the way is rough and the hills grow 
and He now my soul doth keep;So, I jour-ney on, ev - er climb-ing 
'En-ter nowyonr home on high,"No more hills to climb on the top of 



-W V P W A A i??-T* * * * * - 

:t=t=t===t=:t— ^zEtzzt— t— F z=t=t=t: 
-g=z:Sz=g=zg=zP=zP=:t=r p=|i=z F =p=ziz=£=ZA: 



:t:=t= 
:f=f= 
P P 




steep - er, 
high - er, 
glo - ry, 



then I 

till I 

there the 



turn 
reach 
saints 

-A' 



to Christ my Friend, And there comes a 
the shin - ing goal, For my ev - 'ry 
and an -.gels sing, Noth- ing can com - 

-W m & r 




peace from my Friend and keep - er, 
need He's the great Sup - pli - er, 
pare with the Bi - ble sto - ry 

5 ~! * * j* m- 



help - ing me 
and with Him 
of our Sav ■ 






Copyright 1947 by James D. Vang-han Manic Publisher, in "Perfect Hearts. 



to reach the end. 

I home-ward roll. 

iour, Lord and Xing, 

-W P s 



Chorus. 



Climbing With My Saviour 



: jj— fj-B» — j-$9 — a— : g 



on the way to heav- en, 
1 am climb-ing high - er, high- er with mj 

i i J> J J> h X 



*> / ±' ±' tt£ 



PPPRSi 



$ 






ifc 



W 



# 



•♦- fad- -♦- -♦- -«--♦- fc 



$: 






Sav - iour, 



I've His prom-ise giv - en, Noth-ing here can harm me , 



jM^J-J-js-JI 



■N 



¥— •- 



-* fc. fe. k 



1 S^=^ : ^=^= l P 5i: 3 : ^fl^ ::: S^=?= : ^ 



^te* 



-♦- *♦• -♦- tp 



5«=aJtz^la|— if 






— ^ — << * — ^ — f?- L 



fright-en nor a-larm me, since He leads me all the way; 



ft 






=* -S=^zgi=r ._,_, zr^— £ 



Ev - er climb-ing 

'ft ft ft L ft 



i p EI r _ _ 

fc — e — fs-rs— 






nrmj— tr- P" 

g? J -^_ g .^ l _- ) _ < _r t! )_g_ t j_u_p_ 1 _ _ - -J 



te-i = ^^z^z^^^- §3=^=a=j=^=£ 



Hea?-en's draw-ing nigh-er, Glo-ry lights are glowing, 



high-er, 

.IN i- 



from the Sav-iourflow-ing, 






~^EI 



trrttt 



_*__* * 



No more signs of grieving.soon from earth I'm leav-ing, Climbing to that land of day. 



-W—W- 






-fcg=^=^=p: 



-■ — ■ — •- 



I'm Climbing up High 



:^: 



£ 



:^=^5==t5' 



Byron Faust 



No. 131. 

B. F. and Fay Wellington 

1. As I go wind-ing my jour-ney thra this world of sin, and woe. 

2. It is a pleas-ure to trav - el in this way that I have found, 

3. Up . on this stair-way to glo - ry there is jov and peace and love, 



_) — « — — — i 



v v v v 



t — r — i — ft — M — B — ' ' — b* — m ' — ~ 



:fc=|s: 










V X V *> * V 



-0 — t* — — — — — J 



A - cross the des 
A - bove the des 
Just like the Lord 



ert sand, the des - ert sand; 
ert sand, the des - ert sand, 
has planned,tbe Lord hasplanned, 



-*\ — S |*T- 






Ezzt=E|=I=TI=S=?zz:3 



m 



m 



:£=^c:p^— :$=:£====:= 



LP -♦- -♦- -♦- -♦- H^- ■♦- ~ -♦- •♦- 



I've found a stair-way that lead -eth to a place I want to go, 
And have the glo - ry of Je -sus shin - ing bright - ly all a -round, 
And it will lead me to heav-en, bless- ed glo - ry land a -bove, 

r\ 

^S * A * — r— — * * 1 * M * 1 

lE^zb=&=b=bt= kzzr(s=i = ^— fKz=:i=F^=|s=r^bz=:3 

i/ • t^ f . !• i/ y !/• u p 




I'm climb-ing high, 



ffii5=S— =3 



^M? — [ 



bove the 
I'm climb-ing up high, high a - bove the 












Chorus. 



^=^P^Pf=P^==^' 



£— *— > 



l> l> |? 

tree tops to view that land. I'm climb-ing high, 
tree tops to view that land- 

.*- h ft -♦- >- -7- 



I'm climb-ing up 



« A 1 



r "5 



Copyright 1947 by James D.Vsocban MpbIc Fobliefaer. in "Perfect Heirtn." 



I'm Climbing up High 



3^===i===F3===5i 



Wz 



:^3=15 



3* 



high - er, high - er 
high - er 



b 

ev 
ev 






-tt- 



-♦- -♦- (T^- -•• «, 

b b T u ^ 

'ry pass - ing day, And fac - ing 

'ry day, 



m 






* — 



3t 



:fc=S: 



ffil2 



^Mt5==*: 



: i: _ ilzzat 



F^ 1 



:t= ^- 






h h 



-ti- 
lt 



— T-2- = 



v 1 -♦- -♦- •♦- -*- 

b V t b 

heav - en'sshin-ingstrand; I'm climb-ing 

And fac-ing the shin - ing strand, the shin- ing strand; 

& E ,:t_t:_t::_t_-t: 



foQr_s| — a_a_a_a— a a a a_§* — a_ 



4z± 



-=H--£- 



-ah-r 



high, high-er' high-er on this bless- ed way, I'm climb-ing 

I'm climbing up high - er on this way, 



£.-?-£--£-£ £ ~ 



:?: fti 



CT-— |i_ft— g— K— K £ ,-A A ! A 






fenZI_^_A_A_A_A—A— X_ S_I5_ JLIJ £ ^±_=S_^ 3=^=4 



high; 



I'm climbing up high, 



High a -bove the tree tops to glo - ry land. 



is- t». ti- -#- 4- "* : -•: b*. £- i2K- -*. r> & — f. .;. 

A a A A * — "^ — A A A A— r A A A 1 1 ' 1 



Coda. 

" — r * * — «i ~rsi 



-al— - 



si 

- — A — A — A— a — A- 



_h h b b J 



fA— A— »- 



-A— 

-b~ 



I'm climbing up high to glo - ry land. 

I'm climbing up high to glo -ry land. 

rs~s 

-#- -p»- -p- -p- JL \^ "" 

4-_-t-_t_-t-_-^^i r -t_-:-_pi_p--i-_ 



Ml-**— £- 



^=± 



g=es= 



0=p=p= 



:t=: 



:== b=b=fc 



No. 132. Glory, Glory, Hallelujah 

Rev. J. W. Gladney J. M. Dixon 



ffefe 



•fe* 






=£ 



Jzbri=3=J=g 



to: 



3eP===?=I 



1. Glo-ry, glo - ry, hal - le 

2. Glo-ry, glo - ry, hal - le 



— -j-* — ■ A — A- 

W P~4HA 1* A A- 



r~r 



l «i — *i— ♦ — «i- 

lu-jah, I am redeemed from sin and dan-ger, 
lu- jah, Je-sus has saved my sonl, ob, praise Him, 

^--A,-p =:=s - Fi U - 



:t 



-IA— 

r 



'-=£ 




^ 1 , ! 1 ;_-_-£ 1 & 1— a-4— r -k 



When the world was dark a-round me, Je - sus, my Lord came in, and saved me; 
Full sal - va-tion came from heav-en, mak-ing me ful - ly whole, I'm hap - py; 

■*- -■- • -■»- -■- »aI. 2v 



- rw 1 TV r 



:t=t: 



• — 



iw — « — i — ■ — J— hi — i- — ■ — « — hi — a 1 — U S — he 



Put with-in my heart a song, and mak-ing the joy-bells ring, for -ev - er, 
That is why I am re-joic-ing,hap-py the whole day long, I'm sing- ing, 

.J. 



H£t=£=tefc 



* V A A A H 

— r— i — i — r 



-A — A— r A — A- 



IA IA IA — r-IA A IA A 

— I 1 1 C D 1 P ^~ 



->- 



■P 



-■ 1 » 



F— r— "— * — t i — *— * — =ta — |: — [> *— *- V- -f—y^l 



, I . 

Glo-ry, glo -ry,hal- le - lu -jah, He is my Sav-iour and King, my King. 
Glo - ry, glo - ry, hal - le - lu - jah, sing- ing a hap - pp new song, new song. 

"<*- *__A_4l— |_ r -|_j_.4_. 



-i*- 

A A A_-_A A A — ,_A [_ A 1 

S— 1 — t==t=E|==| — | — t==F ^ — tz — P— \ 



X 



r 



$== 



Chorus. 



-Mt 






tr 



i* §•- 



:"j=F^±z 



^z 



:&=&!=&= 



I'm glad 

Glad that He came 

r\ rs N i 

a' A si A 1 ' 



p u i> r 

that Je -sus came 

so glad that He came 

I IN IN N I 

J __ii *J J aI 



I W I p~ 

I i 

I'm so glad that 

CoDSTieht. 1947. by James D. Vaaifhan. Manic Pabiiehe 



*--* 



in - to my 
in - to my 

- 1 g ~ A 



Je - sus 

, In "Perfect Hearte." 



came, 



Glory, Glory, Hallelujah 




1 

heart,' and made me whole, 
heart and made me whole 




I'm glad 

Hap-py to tell 

r\ iv rv i 



p 

to tell His 
to 



fca=i^E==F=£==fE 



hap-py and whole, Glad to tell His 



y v 

lame, 

tell of His fame, 

iv rv is i 

-»■ -•- 



=t 



=^-k— h-^-^-F^ 



of how He bless 
of how He bless 

N .IS 



zzzttsz^jzzzzz^ 



P ,1 P 



esnow,my soul; 
now, my soul; 




-^ — ^ — ^ — ■ — m . ■ 

"s p p~~ d i r £• 



And when 

When I shall'see 

IV IS N i 




_ C u y , 

I see His face, 

His won- der-fuf face, 

J r l_£_Jl_J_ 



r~-3-s E 



and with the 
and with the 



His 



m 



x. 



-3— £- 



drous face, 



shall sing, 
I shall sing, 
N m is i 




I '11 praise 

Praise Him a-gain 



ct i — • r !- ■— ■ — ♦ — 



Him for His 
for 



*= 



and with 



an - gels there I s hall s ing, Praise Him there 



-— I— a-5S -pr- *- 



for 






♦ ^ d" 1 

-^ — M — M — "-l-At 



=t 



grace for He is my 

heav-en - Iy grace, for He is my 

h h h i h r> r> „ 



£===M_-*^-*z:5-5: 



i 



great 

h 



e-ter-nalRing. 

e -ter-nal King, e - ter-nal King. 

* h r^ h h h r> i 

_ *L 5 jL jL t\ ±z ^_ 






— • — — p— £■ p» » » » p : 

grace, He's my e - ter - nal King. 



mg 



No. 133. 

W. B. W. 



Hymns We Love 



3=j=F4=fc 



-I •-,- 



Arr. by W. B. Walbert 






1. Oh,lis-ten to our wondrous sto 

-A- .A. .A 



ry, 



Counted once a-mong the lost; 

A- 



w # li^z^— * — <*-F* — *— * — a— Fa— " 5 — * — i — r-FE^ 111 — F 



r 









Yet one came down from heaven's glo - ry, Saving us at aw-ful 



_J 1 r-i 



Z5± 



b<sJ=, 



rr 



cost. 



-A- -A- -A- 



S^3=t: 



A -A It- 

r~ i— i— r 



-#— i *—r0 — h~ r— E; 






f 






ig 



I love Him, I love Him, I love Him, I love Him, Because He first loiei 

-A- I _ -A:T^A^~"^A- -£l. Jk. -A. -A- .A. .A. .A. 



t=r.=±= 



t=# 



fczzfc: 






-a. 



±t=£» 



•f • _ ^ ^3 .p. pga p— | »- 



me, And purchased my sal- va-tion on MountCal-va- ry. 
^ i r> -S- -"T -A- -A- -A- -a- I 



=p= 



=t=t:: 



:^=tt=: 



1 






■§— w— i- .t— 4— *— .gr 

There's not a friend like the low - ly Je-sus, No.not one, no, not one. 



5fcqi=i=Jt=tA= 
— V~~ 

ODJright. 1947. by James D. Vaaghan. Music Poblieher. in "Perfect Hearts. 



fzzAiz:^— i- F t£=|£Z=t=ptz=t=p=3 






Hymns We Love 



§il?j=ipiPii 



P l b P P 

GIo - ry to 



P 
His 



n * » 

name, 






Glo 



T 



Glo-ry hal - le - lu - jah to His name, His pre-cious name,Glo -ry hal-Ie« 

i , -t- -k- -k- -k- -k- k- o J r- -*- ■*- -£- 
-p-t— b-b-f— P~ P— f-^— ^— ^— ^— ^- C 



:p= 



fa= 






Wfmf 



to 



His 






There to my heart was the blood ap-plied, 



lu -jah to His name,Hi9 Ho -lyname; 



^ -** * ♦ +- ■** -*- -*■ ■&■ ■*■ "*- *■ * I 

■-^ a - i: ^-g- c v » ? 3 - c ^-^-^ = ^i- L ^— »— ^— i— 



*=-*- 



Glo-ry to His name.Swinglow sweet char-i - ot, Com-ing for to 

Swing low 



=) >-,£» 1 Li Li Li 1 Li! Li LA 1 



l l 



fcfcd±^=fi±^ 



3=T3=: 



4 f r-H-j; 



* 



* — a — *— -*^ — a — tLrH — * — A — £1 — il — r 



-r— r 



Com-ing for to 



car - ry me home,Swing low sweet char-i - ot, 

Swing low 

JL 4L ^ _jn A: I 



:p=p: 



fe=to= F q=Hzp 



rit. 






car - ry me home.Swing low,swing loiv,swing low, swing low. 




c#_ # — # __ # _nz_ — CpL-BqtJpiL^ 1 — ■ — 

|5=BZzpz=t-k^±EEEdiE=t— =Fr=t-.t=L* 



o|i_ 




INDEX. 



No. 

A Rainbow in the Sky 30 

After Awhile 5. 

Almost Persuaded 67 

Amazing: Grace 109 

America 83 

An Understanding - Heart 38 

Asleep in Jesus 93 

Be Silent 81 

Bells of Heaven 104 

Bethany 107 

Bless His Name 25 

Blessed Be the Name 55 

Blessed Rock of Ages 92 

Blest Be the Tie 89 

Climbing with My Saviour 130 

Deep in the Love of Jesus 124 

Do You Know Him 62 

Enough for Me 95 

Fill Me Now 71 

Gathering Buds 73 

Give Me Oil in My Lamp 103 

Glory, Glory, Hallelujah 132 

Glory to His Name 59 

Go to Jesus With It All 98 

God Be With You 31 

God Plans the Best for Me 41 

Going to That City 84 

Goodby 37 

Grace Is Keeping Me 3 

Heaven's Celebration 129 

He Died for Us 44 

He Set Me Free 82 

Hold Fast Your Faith 128 

Holy Ghost With Light Divine 79 

Home Eternal ' 121 

How Sweet the Name of Jesus Sounds. . 85 

Hymns We Love 133 

I Am Going to That Home 15 

1 Am Leaving This World 127 

I Can See the Lights of Home 46 

I Feel Like Traveling On 39 

I Hear Thy Welcome Voice 75 

I Hope to Meet You By and By 72 

I Know There Is a God 126 

I Need Thee 18 

I Need the Prayers 69 

I Shall Be at Home with Jesus 53 

I Want to Go Home 110 

I Want to Live in Glory 60 

I Want, to Live Right 54 

I Want to See Heaven 7 

I Wonder if They Ever Think of Me . . 28 

I'll Dry Away My Tears 96 

I'll Fly Away 102 

I'll Meet You in Heaven .'.. 90 

I'll Soon Be in Heaven 42 

I'm a New Creation 76 

I'm Climbing Up High 131 

I'm Happy in the Lord 80 

In the Secret of My Soul 6 

It Must Be Love ', . . . 11 

It Pays to Serve Jesus 21 

It Will Be Glory 58 

I've Had a Talk With Jesus 27 

Jesus Is My Strength 34 

Jesus Is Risen 22 

Tesus Is the Guiding Light 13 

Jesus Paid It All 65 



No 



Jesus Saviour, Pilot Me 7 

Jesus Walks With Me 7\ 

Joy in Serving Jesus 23 

Just a Few More Days 123 

Just as I Am 9 

Just Over the River 115 

Just Sing a Song 45 

Keep Walking with the King 11 

Lead Me Shepherd 51 

Light from the Middle Cross 3 

My Faith Looks Up to Thee 97 

My Heme in Heaven 113 

My Saviour's Love .Pref . Page: 

No Sorrow Up in Heaven . 94! 

Old-Time Power 35 

On the Other Side 32 

Only Trust Him 57 

Our New Home 

Over in the Land of Glory 

Over on the Glory Shore 2 

Pass Me Not 8 

Perfect Hearts ,. v 

Praise Him for Love Divine 81 

Pray for Me : '-.' 122: 

Rock of Ages 101' 

She Is Waiting for Me . f . . 

Since He Saved Me 4' 

Sister Is in Heaven 40 

Softly and Tenderly 43 

Some Day I'm Going Home.... In. B. Cover 

Some Glad Day 

Some Sunrise Morning 24 

Sweet Voices Are Calling 70 

Take the Name of Jesus With You 29 

Tell It Everywhere You Go 47 

Tell the Message of His Love 17: 

That Is Why I Love to Sing 8( 

The Great Home-coming 61 

The Joy of Salvation In. F. Cove: 

The Land of Endless Day IF 

The Lord Laid His Hand on Me 6; 

The Royal Airplane Ill 

The Shining Goal 5( 

The Splendor of His Grace -. . . 119 

The Story Grows Sweeter 125 

There Is a Fountain 5. 

There Is a Fountain 10 

Till He Comes in the Air for Me 5 

Traveling Along 112; 

Waiting for the Home-Boat 2i 

Walking, Running, Flying 66 

We'll Be Going 117 

We'll Be Singing Over There 12 

What a Friend We Have' (new) 10 

What a Friend VVe Have in Jesus 49 

What a Glad Day .11* 

What a Happy Day 48 

When I Reach that Lovely Isle 100 

When Jesus Comes Again 106 

When the Cares -of Life Are Heavy. . . . 120 

When Our Saviour Comes 14 

When We Leave This World 36 

When We See Our Saviour Coming" 19 

Where He Leads Me 99 

While Ages Roll Away 16 

Wonderful 61 

Ye Must Be Born Again 8 

Yonder on the Hills of Glory 74 



James D. Vaughan, Lawrenceburg, Tennessee 



Some Day I'm Going Home 



R. G. W. 






R. G. Wilkins 

:izz&z:£z 

-*-— A — A — 



1. Some happy day I'm go-ing yonder, to my e -ter-naH.ouie,in glo-ry, There to be 

2. There is a mansion waiting me. up there by the crystal sea, iD heaven, And I shall 

3. Some happy day I'm go-ing there,and join with the an-gelband, in singing, Praise to the 

■ |»-P— 3 r A-A-A-g-A — [)/ }, ___ - 

'P-si-A— a— »— ha— a— a — a — P— (-i-r-i*— W— r4— 5 — v— * — s r— 5 a— a— a — 



f 



U J A^-Sj z^= ^AJlJ_ ?l _^ -r^ rJ| ry ^ 



t=£=P=fe 



— h 



-*— *" 



with my &w-io«r, safe, and nev-er a -gain to roam, no nev-er;Go - ing to join my 
soon behold it there,and brightly a-dorned forme, oh, glo-ry; There I shall see my 
King e-ter-nal, o -ver there in the glo-ry land, for- ev-er;Oh, what a day of 



A . A A • 53 5* r — . 

-»— »— E— » — g — Fp— p— p— i — i — j — ^f^ — Ft— •—•—•— e — 

-I* A — I* 1* — F* — R — *, P — P 5 h K — P— Fi — ■%- -a — * — * — 






D. S. In that 



e - ter -nal 



P- 1 \ — l-A — A — A— A — 5 1 — 3 — g 1-A — I* — A — A — A — H — + 1 

moth-er,andwith all who are saTcd by grace,for-ev- er,Prais-ing the Say-ioor, hal- le - Iu-jah, 
father and my brothers and sisters dear, for-ev- er,Sing ing to-geth-er,hal- le - lu-jah, 
glory,*heB those mil-lions be-gin to sing, with rap-tnre,Sing-ing and shouting, hal- le -lu-jah, 

q— P>— P— »— rr— •— P— rV+h— H H h ti = H 



A-h» A_A_.A_A_fj._Ai 1— g-#-f f ft ft »— y 

coan-try, happy with that e -ter-nal throng with rap-tare,Soon I'll be singing, hal- le - lu -jah, 
Fine. Chorus n k. k k k 

-N-^r r-|— - — h-h— r£-$-$~P-b 



in that e-ter-nal plaee. When 



:zz=zfe_fiz 






-♦- 
— h 

_ 



-~r-_z:j_: 



in that e-ter-nal plaee. When 'tis o -ver 

glad hap py songs that cheer. 

joy thro the hea? ; ns will ring.Some happy day,when this Iiie is o 
-P- -*--*- A -_ ,_, 



-ver and when I shall be called to 

_? a_ A„A- 



gg^^=3^|§g±B^^i^feEi_il 



$= 



singing the gio- ry song. 
fr^l-jg 



"TrF crrrtr-tr-^ 



Rise with Je-sus, 

go to glo-ry, I will a-rise with Je-sus, go and live with the ones I know, up yonder; 



ter 






Copyrisht 1947 br Juki I) vawhin Music Publisher la 'Perfect Hearts 



iTn m "* — a — "" — ■■ — 1 — ■" * — " T i"-m i n m n n n mt i 

[Millions of Vaughan Song Books have] 
jbeen sold and are being sold through-! 
|out America and many other nations.! 

TITLES OF BOOKS 

Perfect Hearts (1947) 
Silver Trumpet (1946) Honored Guest (1945) 

Golden Hours (1946) Paradise Garden (1944) 

Blissful Showers (1945) Dawning Light (1943) 

Boundless Love (1944) Gospel Leader (1942) 

Sacred Thoughts (1943) Singing Star (1941) 

Crowning Glory (1942) Crowning Harmony (1940) 

Joy Divine (1941) Beautiful Praise (1940) 

Heaven's Hallelujahs (1939) Gospel Choruses (1939) 
Happy Praises (1938) Hallelujah Voices (1937) 

New Temple Bells (1938) New Gospel Voices (1933) 

Harmony Heaven (1935) Highest Hosannas (1928) 

Millennial Praise (1927) Pleasures Of Heaven (1926) 

Heavenly Praises (1925) Awakening Praises (1923) 

The above popular books are admirably adapted to the 
needs of the Sunday School and all kinds of religious work. 
They are furnished in shaped notes at uniform prices. The 
price of each book is 35c a copy, or $3.60 a dozen, post- 
paid. Please order books by name. 

VAUGHAN'S SPECIAL GOSPEL SONGS 

The last Great book published by the late James D. 
Vaughan. A Gold Mine of Soul-stirring Specials for Church, 
Sunday School, Radio and Revival Services. Scores of good 
solos, duets, trios and quartets. Great for the Choir. Every 
song is a Gem and contains a Gospel Message. Songs that 
bring down the blessing. Contains 160 pages. Write for com- 
plete index. Shaped notes, only. 

Price 50c a copy; $4.20 a dozen, postpaid. 

GREAT GOSPEL SONGS AND HYMNS 

Great Gospel Songs and Hymns is one of the most com- 
plete church and revival books ever published. It contains 
more than 300 carefully selected songs for all departments of 
the church. Scores of the favorite, nationally known church 
songs, many of the best songs from all southern publishers 
and the greatest number of special songs ever found in one 
book. Write for complete index. 

Shaped notes only. Prices: Limp Binding, 45c a copy; 
$4.50 a dozen; $16.00 per 50; $30.00 per 100. 

Cloth Board, 75c a copy; $7.00 a dozen; $27.50 per 50; 
$50.00 per 100. 

Address all orders to 

JAMES D. VAUGHAN 

MUSIC PUBLISHER 

Lawrenceburg, Tenn.